v1

package
v0.32.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Nov 29, 2023 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// Unspecified
	SchemaSettingsEncodingEncodingUnspecified = SchemaSettingsEncoding("ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED")
	// JSON encoding
	SchemaSettingsEncodingJson = SchemaSettingsEncoding("JSON")
	// Binary encoding, as defined by the schema type. For some schema types, binary encoding may not be available.
	SchemaSettingsEncodingBinary = SchemaSettingsEncoding("BINARY")
)
View Source 
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	SchemaTypeTypeUnspecified = SchemaType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// A Protocol Buffer schema definition.
	SchemaTypeProtocolBuffer = SchemaType("PROTOCOL_BUFFER")
	// An Avro schema definition.
	SchemaTypeAvro = SchemaType("AVRO")
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AvroConfig added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfig struct {
	// Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key as additional fields in the output. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own fields while all other message properties other than data (for example, an ordering_key, if present) are added as entries in the attributes map.
	WriteMetadata *bool `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary.

type AvroConfigArgs added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigArgs struct {
	// Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key as additional fields in the output. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own fields while all other message properties other than data (for example, an ordering_key, if present) are added as entries in the attributes map.
	WriteMetadata pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary.

func (AvroConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (AvroConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (i AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigOutput() AvroConfigOutput

func (AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (i AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AvroConfigOutput

func (AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (i AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigPtrOutput() AvroConfigPtrOutput

func (AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (i AvroConfigArgs) ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AvroConfigPtrOutput

type AvroConfigInput added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAvroConfigOutput() AvroConfigOutput
	ToAvroConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) AvroConfigOutput
}

AvroConfigInput is an input type that accepts AvroConfigArgs and AvroConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AvroConfigInput` via: 

AvroConfigArgs{...}

type AvroConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary.

func (AvroConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (AvroConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigOutput() AvroConfigOutput

func (AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AvroConfigOutput

func (AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutput() AvroConfigPtrOutput

func (AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AvroConfigPtrOutput

func (AvroConfigOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key as additional fields in the output. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own fields while all other message properties other than data (for example, an ordering_key, if present) are added as entries in the attributes map.

type AvroConfigPtrInput added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAvroConfigPtrOutput() AvroConfigPtrOutput
	ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AvroConfigPtrOutput
}

AvroConfigPtrInput is an input type that accepts AvroConfigArgs, AvroConfigPtr and AvroConfigPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AvroConfigPtrInput` via: 

        AvroConfigArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func AvroConfigPtr added in v0.31.1 

func AvroConfigPtr(v *AvroConfigArgs) AvroConfigPtrInput

type AvroConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AvroConfigPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigPtrOutput) Elem() AvroConfigOutput

func (AvroConfigPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (AvroConfigPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AvroConfigPtrOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigPtrOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutput() AvroConfigPtrOutput

func (AvroConfigPtrOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigPtrOutput) ToAvroConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AvroConfigPtrOutput

func (AvroConfigPtrOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigPtrOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key as additional fields in the output. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own fields while all other message properties other than data (for example, an ordering_key, if present) are added as entries in the attributes map.

type AvroConfigResponse added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigResponse struct {
	// Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key as additional fields in the output. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own fields while all other message properties other than data (for example, an ordering_key, if present) are added as entries in the attributes map.
	WriteMetadata bool `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary.

type AvroConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1 

type AvroConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for writing message data in Avro format. Message payloads and metadata will be written to files as an Avro binary.

func (AvroConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (AvroConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AvroConfigResponseOutput) ToAvroConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigResponseOutput) ToAvroConfigResponseOutput() AvroConfigResponseOutput

func (AvroConfigResponseOutput) ToAvroConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigResponseOutput) ToAvroConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AvroConfigResponseOutput

func (AvroConfigResponseOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.31.1 

func (o AvroConfigResponseOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key as additional fields in the output. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own fields while all other message properties other than data (for example, an ordering_key, if present) are added as entries in the attributes map.

type BigQueryConfig added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfig struct {
	// Optional. When true and use_topic_schema is true, any fields that are a part of the topic schema that are not part of the BigQuery table schema are dropped when writing to BigQuery. Otherwise, the schemas must be kept in sync and any messages with extra fields are not written and remain in the subscription's backlog.
	DropUnknownFields *bool `pulumi:"dropUnknownFields"`
	// Optional. The name of the table to which to write data, of the form {projectId}.{datasetId}.{tableId}
	Table *string `pulumi:"table"`
	// Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists.
	UseTopicSchema *bool `pulumi:"useTopicSchema"`
	// Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.
	WriteMetadata *bool `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Configuration for a BigQuery subscription.

type BigQueryConfigArgs added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigArgs struct {
	// Optional. When true and use_topic_schema is true, any fields that are a part of the topic schema that are not part of the BigQuery table schema are dropped when writing to BigQuery. Otherwise, the schemas must be kept in sync and any messages with extra fields are not written and remain in the subscription's backlog.
	DropUnknownFields pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"dropUnknownFields"`
	// Optional. The name of the table to which to write data, of the form {projectId}.{datasetId}.{tableId}
	Table pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"table"`
	// Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists.
	UseTopicSchema pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"useTopicSchema"`
	// Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.
	WriteMetadata pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Configuration for a BigQuery subscription.

func (BigQueryConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.19.1 

func (BigQueryConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigOutput added in v0.19.1 

func (i BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigOutput() BigQueryConfigOutput

func (BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.19.1 

func (i BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BigQueryConfigOutput

func (BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput added in v0.19.1 

func (i BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput() BigQueryConfigPtrOutput

func (BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.19.1 

func (i BigQueryConfigArgs) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BigQueryConfigPtrOutput

type BigQueryConfigInput added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBigQueryConfigOutput() BigQueryConfigOutput
	ToBigQueryConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) BigQueryConfigOutput
}

BigQueryConfigInput is an input type that accepts BigQueryConfigArgs and BigQueryConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BigQueryConfigInput` via: 

BigQueryConfigArgs{...}

type BigQueryConfigOutput added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for a BigQuery subscription.

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) DropUnknownFields added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) DropUnknownFields() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true and use_topic_schema is true, any fields that are a part of the topic schema that are not part of the BigQuery table schema are dropped when writing to BigQuery. Otherwise, the schemas must be kept in sync and any messages with extra fields are not written and remain in the subscription's backlog.

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.19.1 

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) Table added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) Table() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The name of the table to which to write data, of the form {projectId}.{datasetId}.{tableId}

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigOutput added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigOutput() BigQueryConfigOutput

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BigQueryConfigOutput

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput() BigQueryConfigPtrOutput

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BigQueryConfigPtrOutput

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) UseTopicSchema added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) UseTopicSchema() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists.

func (BigQueryConfigOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.

type BigQueryConfigPtrInput added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput() BigQueryConfigPtrOutput
	ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BigQueryConfigPtrOutput
}

BigQueryConfigPtrInput is an input type that accepts BigQueryConfigArgs, BigQueryConfigPtr and BigQueryConfigPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BigQueryConfigPtrInput` via: 

        BigQueryConfigArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func BigQueryConfigPtr added in v0.19.1 

func BigQueryConfigPtr(v *BigQueryConfigArgs) BigQueryConfigPtrInput

type BigQueryConfigPtrOutput added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) DropUnknownFields added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) DropUnknownFields() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true and use_topic_schema is true, any fields that are a part of the topic schema that are not part of the BigQuery table schema are dropped when writing to BigQuery. Otherwise, the schemas must be kept in sync and any messages with extra fields are not written and remain in the subscription's backlog.

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) Elem() BigQueryConfigOutput

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.19.1 

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) Table added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) Table() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The name of the table to which to write data, of the form {projectId}.{datasetId}.{tableId}

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutput() BigQueryConfigPtrOutput

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) ToBigQueryConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BigQueryConfigPtrOutput

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) UseTopicSchema added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) UseTopicSchema() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists.

func (BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigPtrOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.

type BigQueryConfigResponse added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigResponse struct {
	// Optional. When true and use_topic_schema is true, any fields that are a part of the topic schema that are not part of the BigQuery table schema are dropped when writing to BigQuery. Otherwise, the schemas must be kept in sync and any messages with extra fields are not written and remain in the subscription's backlog.
	DropUnknownFields bool `pulumi:"dropUnknownFields"`
	// An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// Optional. The name of the table to which to write data, of the form {projectId}.{datasetId}.{tableId}
	Table string `pulumi:"table"`
	// Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists.
	UseTopicSchema bool `pulumi:"useTopicSchema"`
	// Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.
	WriteMetadata bool `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Configuration for a BigQuery subscription.

type BigQueryConfigResponseOutput added in v0.19.1 

type BigQueryConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for a BigQuery subscription.

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) DropUnknownFields added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) DropUnknownFields() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. When true and use_topic_schema is true, any fields that are a part of the topic schema that are not part of the BigQuery table schema are dropped when writing to BigQuery. Otherwise, the schemas must be kept in sync and any messages with extra fields are not written and remain in the subscription's backlog.

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.19.1 

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) State added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages.

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) Table added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) Table() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the table to which to write data, of the form {projectId}.{datasetId}.{tableId}

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) ToBigQueryConfigResponseOutput added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) ToBigQueryConfigResponseOutput() BigQueryConfigResponseOutput

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) ToBigQueryConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) ToBigQueryConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BigQueryConfigResponseOutput

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) UseTopicSchema added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) UseTopicSchema() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. When true, use the topic's schema as the columns to write to in BigQuery, if it exists.

func (BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.19.1 

func (o BigQueryConfigResponseOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. When true, write the subscription name, message_id, publish_time, attributes, and ordering_key to additional columns in the table. The subscription name, message_id, and publish_time fields are put in their own columns while all other message properties (other than data) are written to a JSON object in the attributes column.

type Binding 

type Binding struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition *Expr `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role *string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type BindingArgs 

type BindingArgs struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition ExprPtrInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (BindingArgs) ElementType 

func (BindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingArgs) ToBindingOutput 

func (i BindingArgs) ToBindingOutput() BindingOutput

func (BindingArgs) ToBindingOutputWithContext 

func (i BindingArgs) ToBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingOutput

type BindingArray 

type BindingArray []BindingInput

func (BindingArray) ElementType 

func (BindingArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutput 

func (i BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutput() BindingArrayOutput

func (BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext 

func (i BindingArray) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingArrayOutput

type BindingArrayInput 

type BindingArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBindingArrayOutput() BindingArrayOutput
	ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BindingArrayOutput
}

BindingArrayInput is an input type that accepts BindingArray and BindingArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BindingArrayInput` via: 

BindingArray{ BindingArgs{...} }

type BindingArrayOutput 

type BindingArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BindingArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (BindingArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingArrayOutput) Index 

func (o BindingArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) BindingOutput

func (BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutput 

func (o BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutput() BindingArrayOutput

func (BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o BindingArrayOutput) ToBindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingArrayOutput

type BindingInput 

type BindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBindingOutput() BindingOutput
	ToBindingOutputWithContext(context.Context) BindingOutput
}

BindingInput is an input type that accepts BindingArgs and BindingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BindingInput` via: 

BindingArgs{...}

type BindingOutput 

type BindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (BindingOutput) Condition 

func (o BindingOutput) Condition() ExprPtrOutput

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (BindingOutput) ElementType 

func (BindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingOutput) Members 

func (o BindingOutput) Members() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (BindingOutput) Role 

func (o BindingOutput) Role() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (BindingOutput) ToBindingOutput 

func (o BindingOutput) ToBindingOutput() BindingOutput

func (BindingOutput) ToBindingOutputWithContext 

func (o BindingOutput) ToBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingOutput

type BindingResponse 

type BindingResponse struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition ExprResponse `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type BindingResponseArrayOutput 

type BindingResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType 

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) Index 

func (o BindingResponseArrayOutput) Index(i pulumi.IntInput) BindingResponseOutput

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutput 

func (o BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutput() BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext 

func (o BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToBindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingResponseArrayOutput

type BindingResponseOutput 

type BindingResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (BindingResponseOutput) Condition 

func (o BindingResponseOutput) Condition() ExprResponseOutput

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (BindingResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (BindingResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BindingResponseOutput) Members 

func (o BindingResponseOutput) Members() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (BindingResponseOutput) Role 

func (o BindingResponseOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutput 

func (o BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutput() BindingResponseOutput

func (BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o BindingResponseOutput) ToBindingResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BindingResponseOutput

type CloudStorageConfig added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfig struct {
	// Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format.
	AvroConfig *AvroConfig `pulumi:"avroConfig"`
	// User-provided name for the Cloud Storage bucket. The bucket must be created by the user. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the [bucket naming requirements] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming).
	Bucket string `pulumi:"bucket"`
	// Optional. User-provided prefix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming).
	FilenamePrefix *string `pulumi:"filenamePrefix"`
	// Optional. User-provided suffix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming). Must not end in "/".
	FilenameSuffix *string `pulumi:"filenameSuffix"`
	// Optional. The maximum bytes that can be written to a Cloud Storage file before a new file is created. Min 1 KB, max 10 GiB. The max_bytes limit may be exceeded in cases where messages are larger than the limit.
	MaxBytes *string `pulumi:"maxBytes"`
	// Optional. The maximum duration that can elapse before a new Cloud Storage file is created. Min 1 minute, max 10 minutes, default 5 minutes. May not exceed the subscription's acknowledgement deadline.
	MaxDuration *string `pulumi:"maxDuration"`
	// Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in text format.
	TextConfig *TextConfig `pulumi:"textConfig"`
}

Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription.

type CloudStorageConfigArgs added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigArgs struct {
	// Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format.
	AvroConfig AvroConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"avroConfig"`
	// User-provided name for the Cloud Storage bucket. The bucket must be created by the user. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the [bucket naming requirements] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming).
	Bucket pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"bucket"`
	// Optional. User-provided prefix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming).
	FilenamePrefix pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"filenamePrefix"`
	// Optional. User-provided suffix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming). Must not end in "/".
	FilenameSuffix pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"filenameSuffix"`
	// Optional. The maximum bytes that can be written to a Cloud Storage file before a new file is created. Min 1 KB, max 10 GiB. The max_bytes limit may be exceeded in cases where messages are larger than the limit.
	MaxBytes pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"maxBytes"`
	// Optional. The maximum duration that can elapse before a new Cloud Storage file is created. Min 1 minute, max 10 minutes, default 5 minutes. May not exceed the subscription's acknowledgement deadline.
	MaxDuration pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"maxDuration"`
	// Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in text format.
	TextConfig TextConfigPtrInput `pulumi:"textConfig"`
}

Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription.

func (CloudStorageConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (CloudStorageConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (i CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigOutput() CloudStorageConfigOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (i CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CloudStorageConfigOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (i CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput() CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (i CloudStorageConfigArgs) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput

type CloudStorageConfigInput added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCloudStorageConfigOutput() CloudStorageConfigOutput
	ToCloudStorageConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) CloudStorageConfigOutput
}

CloudStorageConfigInput is an input type that accepts CloudStorageConfigArgs and CloudStorageConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CloudStorageConfigInput` via: 

CloudStorageConfigArgs{...}

type CloudStorageConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription.

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) AvroConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) AvroConfig() AvroConfigPtrOutput

Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format.

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) Bucket added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringOutput

User-provided name for the Cloud Storage bucket. The bucket must be created by the user. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the [bucket naming requirements] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming).

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) FilenamePrefix added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) FilenamePrefix() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-provided prefix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming).

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) FilenameSuffix added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) FilenameSuffix() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-provided suffix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming). Must not end in "/".

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) MaxBytes added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) MaxBytes() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum bytes that can be written to a Cloud Storage file before a new file is created. Min 1 KB, max 10 GiB. The max_bytes limit may be exceeded in cases where messages are larger than the limit.

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) MaxDuration added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) MaxDuration() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum duration that can elapse before a new Cloud Storage file is created. Min 1 minute, max 10 minutes, default 5 minutes. May not exceed the subscription's acknowledgement deadline.

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) TextConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) TextConfig() TextConfigPtrOutput

Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in text format.

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigOutput() CloudStorageConfigOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CloudStorageConfigOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput() CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput

type CloudStorageConfigPtrInput added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput() CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput
	ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput
}

CloudStorageConfigPtrInput is an input type that accepts CloudStorageConfigArgs, CloudStorageConfigPtr and CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CloudStorageConfigPtrInput` via: 

        CloudStorageConfigArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func CloudStorageConfigPtr added in v0.31.1 

func CloudStorageConfigPtr(v *CloudStorageConfigArgs) CloudStorageConfigPtrInput

type CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) AvroConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) AvroConfig() AvroConfigPtrOutput

Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format.

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) Bucket added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

User-provided name for the Cloud Storage bucket. The bucket must be created by the user. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the [bucket naming requirements] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming).

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) Elem() CloudStorageConfigOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) FilenamePrefix added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) FilenamePrefix() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-provided prefix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming).

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) FilenameSuffix added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) FilenameSuffix() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-provided suffix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming). Must not end in "/".

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) MaxBytes added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) MaxBytes() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum bytes that can be written to a Cloud Storage file before a new file is created. Min 1 KB, max 10 GiB. The max_bytes limit may be exceeded in cases where messages are larger than the limit.

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) MaxDuration added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) MaxDuration() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum duration that can elapse before a new Cloud Storage file is created. Min 1 minute, max 10 minutes, default 5 minutes. May not exceed the subscription's acknowledgement deadline.

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) TextConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) TextConfig() TextConfigPtrOutput

Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in text format.

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutput() CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CloudStorageConfigPtrOutput

type CloudStorageConfigResponse added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigResponse struct {
	// Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format.
	AvroConfig AvroConfigResponse `pulumi:"avroConfig"`
	// User-provided name for the Cloud Storage bucket. The bucket must be created by the user. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the [bucket naming requirements] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming).
	Bucket string `pulumi:"bucket"`
	// Optional. User-provided prefix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming).
	FilenamePrefix string `pulumi:"filenamePrefix"`
	// Optional. User-provided suffix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming). Must not end in "/".
	FilenameSuffix string `pulumi:"filenameSuffix"`
	// Optional. The maximum bytes that can be written to a Cloud Storage file before a new file is created. Min 1 KB, max 10 GiB. The max_bytes limit may be exceeded in cases where messages are larger than the limit.
	MaxBytes string `pulumi:"maxBytes"`
	// Optional. The maximum duration that can elapse before a new Cloud Storage file is created. Min 1 minute, max 10 minutes, default 5 minutes. May not exceed the subscription's acknowledgement deadline.
	MaxDuration string `pulumi:"maxDuration"`
	// An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in text format.
	TextConfig TextConfigResponse `pulumi:"textConfig"`
}

Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription.

type CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1 

type CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for a Cloud Storage subscription.

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) AvroConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) AvroConfig() AvroConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in Avro format.

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) Bucket added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) Bucket() pulumi.StringOutput

User-provided name for the Cloud Storage bucket. The bucket must be created by the user. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the [bucket naming requirements] (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming).

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) FilenamePrefix added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) FilenamePrefix() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. User-provided prefix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming).

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) FilenameSuffix added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) FilenameSuffix() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. User-provided suffix for Cloud Storage filename. See the [object naming requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/objects#naming). Must not end in "/".

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) MaxBytes added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) MaxBytes() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The maximum bytes that can be written to a Cloud Storage file before a new file is created. Min 1 KB, max 10 GiB. The max_bytes limit may be exceeded in cases where messages are larger than the limit.

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) MaxDuration added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) MaxDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The maximum duration that can elapse before a new Cloud Storage file is created. Min 1 minute, max 10 minutes, default 5 minutes. May not exceed the subscription's acknowledgement deadline.

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) State added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

An output-only field that indicates whether or not the subscription can receive messages.

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) TextConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) TextConfig() TextConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If set, message data will be written to Cloud Storage in text format.

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigResponseOutput() CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput

func (CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput) ToCloudStorageConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput

type DeadLetterPolicy 

type DeadLetterPolicy struct {
	// Optional. The name of the topic to which dead letter messages should be published. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.The Pub/Sub service account associated with the enclosing subscription's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Publish() to this topic. The operation will fail if the topic does not exist. Users should ensure that there is a subscription attached to this topic since messages published to a topic with no subscriptions are lost.
	DeadLetterTopic *string `pulumi:"deadLetterTopic"`
	// Optional. The maximum number of delivery attempts for any message. The value must be between 5 and 100. The number of delivery attempts is defined as 1 + (the sum of number of NACKs and number of times the acknowledgement deadline has been exceeded for the message). A NACK is any call to ModifyAckDeadline with a 0 deadline. Note that client libraries may automatically extend ack_deadlines. This field will be honored on a best effort basis. If this parameter is 0, a default value of 5 is used.
	MaxDeliveryAttempts *int `pulumi:"maxDeliveryAttempts"`
}

Dead lettering is done on a best effort basis. The same message might be dead lettered multiple times. If validation on any of the fields fails at subscription creation/updation, the create/update subscription request will fail.

type DeadLetterPolicyArgs 

type DeadLetterPolicyArgs struct {
	// Optional. The name of the topic to which dead letter messages should be published. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.The Pub/Sub service account associated with the enclosing subscription's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Publish() to this topic. The operation will fail if the topic does not exist. Users should ensure that there is a subscription attached to this topic since messages published to a topic with no subscriptions are lost.
	DeadLetterTopic pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"deadLetterTopic"`
	// Optional. The maximum number of delivery attempts for any message. The value must be between 5 and 100. The number of delivery attempts is defined as 1 + (the sum of number of NACKs and number of times the acknowledgement deadline has been exceeded for the message). A NACK is any call to ModifyAckDeadline with a 0 deadline. Note that client libraries may automatically extend ack_deadlines. This field will be honored on a best effort basis. If this parameter is 0, a default value of 5 is used.
	MaxDeliveryAttempts pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"maxDeliveryAttempts"`
}

Dead lettering is done on a best effort basis. The same message might be dead lettered multiple times. If validation on any of the fields fails at subscription creation/updation, the create/update subscription request will fail.

func (DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutput 

func (i DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutput() DeadLetterPolicyOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput 

func (i DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput() DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i DeadLetterPolicyArgs) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput

type DeadLetterPolicyInput 

type DeadLetterPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToDeadLetterPolicyOutput() DeadLetterPolicyOutput
	ToDeadLetterPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyOutput
}

DeadLetterPolicyInput is an input type that accepts DeadLetterPolicyArgs and DeadLetterPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `DeadLetterPolicyInput` via: 

DeadLetterPolicyArgs{...}

type DeadLetterPolicyOutput 

type DeadLetterPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Dead lettering is done on a best effort basis. The same message might be dead lettered multiple times. If validation on any of the fields fails at subscription creation/updation, the create/update subscription request will fail.

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) DeadLetterTopic 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyOutput) DeadLetterTopic() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The name of the topic to which dead letter messages should be published. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.The Pub/Sub service account associated with the enclosing subscription's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Publish() to this topic. The operation will fail if the topic does not exist. Users should ensure that there is a subscription attached to this topic since messages published to a topic with no subscriptions are lost.

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) MaxDeliveryAttempts 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyOutput) MaxDeliveryAttempts() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum number of delivery attempts for any message. The value must be between 5 and 100. The number of delivery attempts is defined as 1 + (the sum of number of NACKs and number of times the acknowledgement deadline has been exceeded for the message). A NACK is any call to ModifyAckDeadline with a 0 deadline. Note that client libraries may automatically extend ack_deadlines. This field will be honored on a best effort basis. If this parameter is 0, a default value of 5 is used.

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutput 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutput() DeadLetterPolicyOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput() DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput

type DeadLetterPolicyPtrInput 

type DeadLetterPolicyPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput() DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput
	ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput
}

DeadLetterPolicyPtrInput is an input type that accepts DeadLetterPolicyArgs, DeadLetterPolicyPtr and DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `DeadLetterPolicyPtrInput` via: 

        DeadLetterPolicyArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func DeadLetterPolicyPtr 

func DeadLetterPolicyPtr(v *DeadLetterPolicyArgs) DeadLetterPolicyPtrInput

type DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput 

type DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) DeadLetterTopic 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) DeadLetterTopic() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The name of the topic to which dead letter messages should be published. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.The Pub/Sub service account associated with the enclosing subscription's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Publish() to this topic. The operation will fail if the topic does not exist. Users should ensure that there is a subscription attached to this topic since messages published to a topic with no subscriptions are lost.

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) Elem() DeadLetterPolicyOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) MaxDeliveryAttempts 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) MaxDeliveryAttempts() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum number of delivery attempts for any message. The value must be between 5 and 100. The number of delivery attempts is defined as 1 + (the sum of number of NACKs and number of times the acknowledgement deadline has been exceeded for the message). A NACK is any call to ModifyAckDeadline with a 0 deadline. Note that client libraries may automatically extend ack_deadlines. This field will be honored on a best effort basis. If this parameter is 0, a default value of 5 is used.

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput() DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyPtrOutput

type DeadLetterPolicyResponse 

type DeadLetterPolicyResponse struct {
	// Optional. The name of the topic to which dead letter messages should be published. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.The Pub/Sub service account associated with the enclosing subscription's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Publish() to this topic. The operation will fail if the topic does not exist. Users should ensure that there is a subscription attached to this topic since messages published to a topic with no subscriptions are lost.
	DeadLetterTopic string `pulumi:"deadLetterTopic"`
	// Optional. The maximum number of delivery attempts for any message. The value must be between 5 and 100. The number of delivery attempts is defined as 1 + (the sum of number of NACKs and number of times the acknowledgement deadline has been exceeded for the message). A NACK is any call to ModifyAckDeadline with a 0 deadline. Note that client libraries may automatically extend ack_deadlines. This field will be honored on a best effort basis. If this parameter is 0, a default value of 5 is used.
	MaxDeliveryAttempts int `pulumi:"maxDeliveryAttempts"`
}

Dead lettering is done on a best effort basis. The same message might be dead lettered multiple times. If validation on any of the fields fails at subscription creation/updation, the create/update subscription request will fail.

type DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput 

type DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Dead lettering is done on a best effort basis. The same message might be dead lettered multiple times. If validation on any of the fields fails at subscription creation/updation, the create/update subscription request will fail.

func (DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) DeadLetterTopic 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) DeadLetterTopic() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the topic to which dead letter messages should be published. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.The Pub/Sub service account associated with the enclosing subscription's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Publish() to this topic. The operation will fail if the topic does not exist. Users should ensure that there is a subscription attached to this topic since messages published to a topic with no subscriptions are lost.

func (DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) MaxDeliveryAttempts 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) MaxDeliveryAttempts() pulumi.IntOutput

Optional. The maximum number of delivery attempts for any message. The value must be between 5 and 100. The number of delivery attempts is defined as 1 + (the sum of number of NACKs and number of times the acknowledgement deadline has been exceeded for the message). A NACK is any call to ModifyAckDeadline with a 0 deadline. Note that client libraries may automatically extend ack_deadlines. This field will be honored on a best effort basis. If this parameter is 0, a default value of 5 is used.

func (DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput() DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput

func (DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput) ToDeadLetterPolicyResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput

type ExpirationPolicy 

type ExpirationPolicy struct {
	// Optional. Specifies the "time-to-live" duration for an associated resource. The resource expires if it is not active for a period of `ttl`. The definition of "activity" depends on the type of the associated resource. The minimum and maximum allowed values for `ttl` depend on the type of the associated resource, as well. If `ttl` is not set, the associated resource never expires.
	Ttl *string `pulumi:"ttl"`
}

A policy that specifies the conditions for resource expiration (i.e., automatic resource deletion).

type ExpirationPolicyArgs 

type ExpirationPolicyArgs struct {
	// Optional. Specifies the "time-to-live" duration for an associated resource. The resource expires if it is not active for a period of `ttl`. The definition of "activity" depends on the type of the associated resource. The minimum and maximum allowed values for `ttl` depend on the type of the associated resource, as well. If `ttl` is not set, the associated resource never expires.
	Ttl pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"ttl"`
}

A policy that specifies the conditions for resource expiration (i.e., automatic resource deletion).

func (ExpirationPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (ExpirationPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyOutput 

func (i ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyOutput() ExpirationPolicyOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExpirationPolicyOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput 

func (i ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput() ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i ExpirationPolicyArgs) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput

type ExpirationPolicyInput 

type ExpirationPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExpirationPolicyOutput() ExpirationPolicyOutput
	ToExpirationPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExpirationPolicyOutput
}

ExpirationPolicyInput is an input type that accepts ExpirationPolicyArgs and ExpirationPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExpirationPolicyInput` via: 

ExpirationPolicyArgs{...}

type ExpirationPolicyOutput 

type ExpirationPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A policy that specifies the conditions for resource expiration (i.e., automatic resource deletion).

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyOutput 

func (o ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyOutput() ExpirationPolicyOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExpirationPolicyOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput 

func (o ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput() ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ExpirationPolicyOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyOutput) Ttl 

func (o ExpirationPolicyOutput) Ttl() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Specifies the "time-to-live" duration for an associated resource. The resource expires if it is not active for a period of `ttl`. The definition of "activity" depends on the type of the associated resource. The minimum and maximum allowed values for `ttl` depend on the type of the associated resource, as well. If `ttl` is not set, the associated resource never expires.

type ExpirationPolicyPtrInput 

type ExpirationPolicyPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput() ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput
	ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput
}

ExpirationPolicyPtrInput is an input type that accepts ExpirationPolicyArgs, ExpirationPolicyPtr and ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExpirationPolicyPtrInput` via: 

        ExpirationPolicyArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ExpirationPolicyPtr 

func ExpirationPolicyPtr(v *ExpirationPolicyArgs) ExpirationPolicyPtrInput

type ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput 

type ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) Elem() ExpirationPolicyOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput 

func (o ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutput() ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) ToExpirationPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) Ttl 

func (o ExpirationPolicyPtrOutput) Ttl() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Specifies the "time-to-live" duration for an associated resource. The resource expires if it is not active for a period of `ttl`. The definition of "activity" depends on the type of the associated resource. The minimum and maximum allowed values for `ttl` depend on the type of the associated resource, as well. If `ttl` is not set, the associated resource never expires.

type ExpirationPolicyResponse 

type ExpirationPolicyResponse struct {
	// Optional. Specifies the "time-to-live" duration for an associated resource. The resource expires if it is not active for a period of `ttl`. The definition of "activity" depends on the type of the associated resource. The minimum and maximum allowed values for `ttl` depend on the type of the associated resource, as well. If `ttl` is not set, the associated resource never expires.
	Ttl string `pulumi:"ttl"`
}

A policy that specifies the conditions for resource expiration (i.e., automatic resource deletion).

type ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput 

type ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A policy that specifies the conditions for resource expiration (i.e., automatic resource deletion).

func (ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) ToExpirationPolicyResponseOutput 

func (o ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) ToExpirationPolicyResponseOutput() ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) ToExpirationPolicyResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) ToExpirationPolicyResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput

func (ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) Ttl 

func (o ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput) Ttl() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Specifies the "time-to-live" duration for an associated resource. The resource expires if it is not active for a period of `ttl`. The definition of "activity" depends on the type of the associated resource. The minimum and maximum allowed values for `ttl` depend on the type of the associated resource, as well. If `ttl` is not set, the associated resource never expires.

type Expr 

type Expr struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression *string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location *string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title *string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type ExprArgs 

type ExprArgs struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprArgs) ElementType 

func (ExprArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprArgs) ToExprOutput 

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprOutput() ExprOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprOutputWithContext 

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutput 

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i ExprArgs) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprInput 

type ExprInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExprOutput() ExprOutput
	ToExprOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExprOutput
}

ExprInput is an input type that accepts ExprArgs and ExprOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExprInput` via: 

ExprArgs{...}

type ExprOutput 

type ExprOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprOutput) Description 

func (o ExprOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprOutput) ElementType 

func (ExprOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprOutput) Expression 

func (o ExprOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprOutput) Location 

func (o ExprOutput) Location() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprOutput) Title 

func (o ExprOutput) Title() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprOutput) ToExprOutput 

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprOutput() ExprOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprOutputWithContext 

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutput 

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ExprOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprPtrInput 

type ExprPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput
	ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ExprPtrOutput
}

ExprPtrInput is an input type that accepts ExprArgs, ExprPtr and ExprPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ExprPtrInput` via: 

        ExprArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func ExprPtr 

func ExprPtr(v *ExprArgs) ExprPtrInput

type ExprPtrOutput 

type ExprPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ExprPtrOutput) Description 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Elem() ExprOutput

func (ExprPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (ExprPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprPtrOutput) Expression 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Location 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Location() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprPtrOutput) Title 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) Title() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutput 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutput() ExprPtrOutput

func (ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o ExprPtrOutput) ToExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprPtrOutput

type ExprResponse 

type ExprResponse struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type ExprResponseOutput 

type ExprResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Description 

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (ExprResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (ExprResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ExprResponseOutput) Expression 

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Expression() pulumi.StringOutput

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Location 

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (ExprResponseOutput) Title 

func (o ExprResponseOutput) Title() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutput 

func (o ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutput() ExprResponseOutput

func (ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o ExprResponseOutput) ToExprResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ExprResponseOutput

type LookupSchemaArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSchemaArgs struct {
	Project  *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SchemaId string  `pulumi:"schemaId"`
	View     *string `pulumi:"view"`
}

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SchemaId                      string  `pulumi:"schemaId"`
}

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SchemaId                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"schemaId"`
}

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupSchemaIamPolicy added in v0.4.0 

func LookupSchemaIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSchemaIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSchemaIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSchemaIamPolicyOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaIamPolicyResultOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupSchemaOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSchemaOutputArgs struct {
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SchemaId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"schemaId"`
	View     pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"view"`
}

func (LookupSchemaOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSchemaOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSchemaResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSchemaResult struct {
	// The definition of the schema. This should contain a string representing the full definition of the schema that is a valid schema definition of the type specified in `type`.
	Definition string `pulumi:"definition"`
	// Name of the schema. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The timestamp that the revision was created.
	RevisionCreateTime string `pulumi:"revisionCreateTime"`
	// Immutable. The revision ID of the schema.
	RevisionId string `pulumi:"revisionId"`
	// The type of the schema definition.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
}

func LookupSchema added in v0.4.0 

func LookupSchema(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSchemaArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSchemaResult, error)

Gets a schema.

type LookupSchemaResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSchemaResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSchemaOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupSchemaOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSchemaOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSchemaResultOutput

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) Definition added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) Definition() pulumi.StringOutput

The definition of the schema. This should contain a string representing the full definition of the schema that is a valid schema definition of the type specified in `type`.

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Name of the schema. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`.

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) RevisionCreateTime added in v0.18.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) RevisionCreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp that the revision was created.

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) RevisionId added in v0.18.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) RevisionId() pulumi.StringOutput

Immutable. The revision ID of the schema.

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaResultOutput() LookupSchemaResultOutput

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) ToLookupSchemaResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSchemaResultOutput

func (LookupSchemaResultOutput) Type added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSchemaResultOutput) Type() pulumi.StringOutput

The type of the schema definition.

type LookupSnapshotArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSnapshotArgs struct {
	Project    *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SnapshotId string  `pulumi:"snapshotId"`
}

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SnapshotId                    string  `pulumi:"snapshotId"`
}

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SnapshotId                    pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"snapshotId"`
}

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupSnapshotIamPolicy added in v0.4.0 

func LookupSnapshotIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSnapshotIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSnapshotIamPolicyOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotIamPolicyResultOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupSnapshotOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSnapshotOutputArgs struct {
	Project    pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SnapshotId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"snapshotId"`
}

func (LookupSnapshotOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSnapshotOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSnapshotResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSnapshotResult struct {
	// Optional. The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time. A newly-created snapshot expires no later than 7 days from the time of its creation. Its exact lifetime is determined at creation by the existing backlog in the source subscription. Specifically, the lifetime of the snapshot is `7 days - (age of oldest unacked message in the subscription)`. For example, consider a subscription whose oldest unacked message is 3 days old. If a snapshot is created from this subscription, the snapshot -- which will always capture this 3-day-old backlog as long as the snapshot exists -- will expire in 4 days. The service will refuse to create a snapshot that would expire in less than 1 hour after creation.
	ExpireTime string `pulumi:"expireTime"`
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Optional. The name of the snapshot.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.
	Topic string `pulumi:"topic"`
}

func LookupSnapshot added in v0.4.0 

func LookupSnapshot(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSnapshotArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSnapshotResult, error)

Gets the configuration details of a snapshot. Snapshots are used in [Seek](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview) operations, which allow you to manage message acknowledgments in bulk. That is, you can set the acknowledgment state of messages in an existing subscription to the state captured by a snapshot.

type LookupSnapshotResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSnapshotResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSnapshotOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupSnapshotOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSnapshotOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSnapshotResultOutput

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ExpireTime added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ExpireTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time. A newly-created snapshot expires no later than 7 days from the time of its creation. Its exact lifetime is determined at creation by the existing backlog in the source subscription. Specifically, the lifetime of the snapshot is `7 days - (age of oldest unacked message in the subscription)`. For example, consider a subscription whose oldest unacked message is 3 days old. If a snapshot is created from this subscription, the snapshot -- which will always capture this 3-day-old backlog as long as the snapshot exists -- will expire in 4 days. The service will refuse to create a snapshot that would expire in less than 1 hour after creation.

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) Labels added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotResultOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the snapshot.

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotResultOutput() LookupSnapshotResultOutput

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotResultOutput) ToLookupSnapshotResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSnapshotResultOutput

func (LookupSnapshotResultOutput) Topic added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSnapshotResultOutput) Topic() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.

type LookupSubscriptionArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSubscriptionArgs struct {
	Project        *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SubscriptionId string  `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
}

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	SubscriptionId                string  `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
}

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SubscriptionId                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
}

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupSubscriptionIamPolicy added in v0.4.0 

func LookupSubscriptionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionIamPolicyResultOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs struct {
	Project        pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	SubscriptionId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
}

func (LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupSubscriptionResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupSubscriptionResult struct {
	// Optional. The approximate amount of time (on a best-effort basis) Pub/Sub waits for the subscriber to acknowledge receipt before resending the message. In the interval after the message is delivered and before it is acknowledged, it is considered to be _outstanding_. During that time period, the message will not be redelivered (on a best-effort basis). For pull subscriptions, this value is used as the initial value for the ack deadline. To override this value for a given message, call `ModifyAckDeadline` with the corresponding `ack_id` if using non-streaming pull or send the `ack_id` in a `StreamingModifyAckDeadlineRequest` if using streaming pull. The minimum custom deadline you can specify is 10 seconds. The maximum custom deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes). If this parameter is 0, a default value of 10 seconds is used. For push delivery, this value is also used to set the request timeout for the call to the push endpoint. If the subscriber never acknowledges the message, the Pub/Sub system will eventually redeliver the message.
	AckDeadlineSeconds int `pulumi:"ackDeadlineSeconds"`
	// Optional. If delivery to BigQuery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	BigqueryConfig BigQueryConfigResponse `pulumi:"bigqueryConfig"`
	// Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	CloudStorageConfig CloudStorageConfigResponse `pulumi:"cloudStorageConfig"`
	// Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for dead lettering messages in this subscription. If dead_letter_policy is not set, dead lettering is disabled. The Pub/Sub service account associated with this subscriptions's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Acknowledge() messages on this subscription.
	DeadLetterPolicy DeadLetterPolicyResponse `pulumi:"deadLetterPolicy"`
	// Optional. Indicates whether the subscription is detached from its topic. Detached subscriptions don't receive messages from their topic and don't retain any backlog. `Pull` and `StreamingPull` requests will return FAILED_PRECONDITION. If the subscription is a push subscription, pushes to the endpoint will not be made.
	Detached bool `pulumi:"detached"`
	// Optional. If true, Pub/Sub provides the following guarantees for the delivery of a message with a given value of `message_id` on this subscription: * The message sent to a subscriber is guaranteed not to be resent before the message's acknowledgement deadline expires. * An acknowledged message will not be resent to a subscriber. Note that subscribers may still receive multiple copies of a message when `enable_exactly_once_delivery` is true if the message was published multiple times by a publisher client. These copies are considered distinct by Pub/Sub and have distinct `message_id` values.
	EnableExactlyOnceDelivery bool `pulumi:"enableExactlyOnceDelivery"`
	// Optional. If true, messages published with the same `ordering_key` in `PubsubMessage` will be delivered to the subscribers in the order in which they are received by the Pub/Sub system. Otherwise, they may be delivered in any order.
	EnableMessageOrdering bool `pulumi:"enableMessageOrdering"`
	// Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for this subscription's expiration. A subscription is considered active as long as any connected subscriber is successfully consuming messages from the subscription or is issuing operations on the subscription. If `expiration_policy` is not set, a *default policy* with `ttl` of 31 days will be used. The minimum allowed value for `expiration_policy.ttl` is 1 day. If `expiration_policy` is set, but `expiration_policy.ttl` is not set, the subscription never expires.
	ExpirationPolicy ExpirationPolicyResponse `pulumi:"expirationPolicy"`
	// Optional. An expression written in the Pub/Sub [filter language](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/filtering). If non-empty, then only `PubsubMessage`s whose `attributes` field matches the filter are delivered on this subscription. If empty, then no messages are filtered out.
	Filter string `pulumi:"filter"`
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
	MessageRetentionDuration string `pulumi:"messageRetentionDuration"`
	// The name of the subscription. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}"`. `{subscription}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	PushConfig PushConfigResponse `pulumi:"pushConfig"`
	// Optional. Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
	RetainAckedMessages bool `pulumi:"retainAckedMessages"`
	// Optional. A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery for this subscription. If not set, the default retry policy is applied. This generally implies that messages will be retried as soon as possible for healthy subscribers. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message.
	RetryPolicy RetryPolicyResponse `pulumi:"retryPolicy"`
	// An output-only field indicating whether or not the subscription can receive messages.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
	Topic string `pulumi:"topic"`
	// Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription's topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription's topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
	TopicMessageRetentionDuration string `pulumi:"topicMessageRetentionDuration"`
}

func LookupSubscription added in v0.4.0 

func LookupSubscription(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSubscriptionArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSubscriptionResult, error)

Gets the configuration details of a subscription.

type LookupSubscriptionResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupSubscriptionResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSubscriptionOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupSubscriptionOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupSubscriptionResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) AckDeadlineSeconds added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) AckDeadlineSeconds() pulumi.IntOutput

Optional. The approximate amount of time (on a best-effort basis) Pub/Sub waits for the subscriber to acknowledge receipt before resending the message. In the interval after the message is delivered and before it is acknowledged, it is considered to be _outstanding_. During that time period, the message will not be redelivered (on a best-effort basis). For pull subscriptions, this value is used as the initial value for the ack deadline. To override this value for a given message, call `ModifyAckDeadline` with the corresponding `ack_id` if using non-streaming pull or send the `ack_id` in a `StreamingModifyAckDeadlineRequest` if using streaming pull. The minimum custom deadline you can specify is 10 seconds. The maximum custom deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes). If this parameter is 0, a default value of 10 seconds is used. For push delivery, this value is also used to set the request timeout for the call to the push endpoint. If the subscriber never acknowledges the message, the Pub/Sub system will eventually redeliver the message.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) BigqueryConfig added in v0.19.1 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) BigqueryConfig() BigQueryConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If delivery to BigQuery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) CloudStorageConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) CloudStorageConfig() CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) DeadLetterPolicy added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) DeadLetterPolicy() DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput

Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for dead lettering messages in this subscription. If dead_letter_policy is not set, dead lettering is disabled. The Pub/Sub service account associated with this subscriptions's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Acknowledge() messages on this subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Detached added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Detached() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Indicates whether the subscription is detached from its topic. Detached subscriptions don't receive messages from their topic and don't retain any backlog. `Pull` and `StreamingPull` requests will return FAILED_PRECONDITION. If the subscription is a push subscription, pushes to the endpoint will not be made.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) EnableExactlyOnceDelivery added in v0.15.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) EnableExactlyOnceDelivery() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. If true, Pub/Sub provides the following guarantees for the delivery of a message with a given value of `message_id` on this subscription: * The message sent to a subscriber is guaranteed not to be resent before the message's acknowledgement deadline expires. * An acknowledged message will not be resent to a subscriber. Note that subscribers may still receive multiple copies of a message when `enable_exactly_once_delivery` is true if the message was published multiple times by a publisher client. These copies are considered distinct by Pub/Sub and have distinct `message_id` values.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) EnableMessageOrdering added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) EnableMessageOrdering() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. If true, messages published with the same `ordering_key` in `PubsubMessage` will be delivered to the subscribers in the order in which they are received by the Pub/Sub system. Otherwise, they may be delivered in any order.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ExpirationPolicy added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ExpirationPolicy() ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput

Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for this subscription's expiration. A subscription is considered active as long as any connected subscriber is successfully consuming messages from the subscription or is issuing operations on the subscription. If `expiration_policy` is not set, a *default policy* with `ttl` of 31 days will be used. The minimum allowed value for `expiration_policy.ttl` is 1 day. If `expiration_policy` is set, but `expiration_policy.ttl` is not set, the subscription never expires.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Filter added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Filter() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An expression written in the Pub/Sub [filter language](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/filtering). If non-empty, then only `PubsubMessage`s whose `attributes` field matches the filter are delivered on this subscription. If empty, then no messages are filtered out.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Labels added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. See [Creating and managing labels](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) MessageRetentionDuration added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) MessageRetentionDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the subscription. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}"`. `{subscription}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) PushConfig added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) PushConfig() PushConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) RetainAckedMessages added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) RetainAckedMessages() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) RetryPolicy added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) RetryPolicy() RetryPolicyResponseOutput

Optional. A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery for this subscription. If not set, the default retry policy is applied. This generally implies that messages will be retried as soon as possible for healthy subscribers. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) State added in v0.11.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

An output-only field indicating whether or not the subscription can receive messages.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutput() LookupSubscriptionResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSubscriptionResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Topic added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Topic() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) TopicMessageRetentionDuration added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) TopicMessageRetentionDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription's topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription's topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.

type LookupTopicArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupTopicArgs struct {
	Project *string `pulumi:"project"`
	TopicId string  `pulumi:"topicId"`
}

type LookupTopicIamPolicyArgs added in v0.4.0 

type LookupTopicIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
	TopicId                       string  `pulumi:"topicId"`
}

type LookupTopicIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupTopicIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	TopicId                       pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"topicId"`
}

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupTopicIamPolicyResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupTopicIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupTopicIamPolicy added in v0.4.0 

func LookupTopicIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupTopicIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupTopicIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupTopicIamPolicyOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupTopicIamPolicyOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupTopicIamPolicyOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicIamPolicyResultOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupTopicOutputArgs added in v0.8.0 

type LookupTopicOutputArgs struct {
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
	TopicId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"topicId"`
}

func (LookupTopicOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupTopicOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupTopicResult added in v0.4.0 

type LookupTopicResult struct {
	// Optional. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey to be used to protect access to messages published on this topic. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
	KmsKeyName string `pulumi:"kmsKeyName"`
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Optional. Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes.
	MessageRetentionDuration string `pulumi:"messageRetentionDuration"`
	// Optional. Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
	MessageStoragePolicy MessageStoragePolicyResponse `pulumi:"messageStoragePolicy"`
	// The name of the topic. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}"`. `{topic}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
	SatisfiesPzs bool `pulumi:"satisfiesPzs"`
	// Optional. Settings for validating messages published against a schema.
	SchemaSettings SchemaSettingsResponse `pulumi:"schemaSettings"`
}

func LookupTopic added in v0.4.0 

func LookupTopic(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupTopicArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupTopicResult, error)

Gets the configuration of a topic.

type LookupTopicResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

type LookupTopicResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupTopicOutput added in v0.8.0 

func LookupTopicOutput(ctx *pulumi.Context, args LookupTopicOutputArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) LookupTopicResultOutput

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.8.0 

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) KmsKeyName added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) KmsKeyName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey to be used to protect access to messages published on this topic. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) Labels added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) MessageRetentionDuration added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) MessageRetentionDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes.

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) MessageStoragePolicy added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) MessageStoragePolicy() MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput

Optional. Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) Name added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the topic. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}"`. `{topic}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) SatisfiesPzs added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) SatisfiesPzs() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) SchemaSettings added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) SchemaSettings() SchemaSettingsResponseOutput

Optional. Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) ToLookupTopicResultOutput added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) ToLookupTopicResultOutput() LookupTopicResultOutput

func (LookupTopicResultOutput) ToLookupTopicResultOutputWithContext added in v0.8.0 

func (o LookupTopicResultOutput) ToLookupTopicResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupTopicResultOutput

type MessageStoragePolicy 

type MessageStoragePolicy struct {
	// Optional. A list of IDs of Google Cloud regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed Google Cloud regions (or running outside of Google Cloud altogether) are routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
	AllowedPersistenceRegions []string `pulumi:"allowedPersistenceRegions"`
	// Optional. If true, `allowed_persistence_regions` is also used to enforce in-transit guarantees for messages. That is, Pub/Sub will fail Publish operations on this topic and subscribe operations on any subscription attached to this topic in any region that is not in `allowed_persistence_regions`.
	EnforceInTransit *bool `pulumi:"enforceInTransit"`
}

A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic.

type MessageStoragePolicyArgs 

type MessageStoragePolicyArgs struct {
	// Optional. A list of IDs of Google Cloud regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed Google Cloud regions (or running outside of Google Cloud altogether) are routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
	AllowedPersistenceRegions pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedPersistenceRegions"`
	// Optional. If true, `allowed_persistence_regions` is also used to enforce in-transit guarantees for messages. That is, Pub/Sub will fail Publish operations on this topic and subscribe operations on any subscription attached to this topic in any region that is not in `allowed_persistence_regions`.
	EnforceInTransit pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"enforceInTransit"`
}

A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic.

func (MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutput 

func (i MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutput() MessageStoragePolicyOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput 

func (i MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput() MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i MessageStoragePolicyArgs) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput

type MessageStoragePolicyInput 

type MessageStoragePolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToMessageStoragePolicyOutput() MessageStoragePolicyOutput
	ToMessageStoragePolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyOutput
}

MessageStoragePolicyInput is an input type that accepts MessageStoragePolicyArgs and MessageStoragePolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `MessageStoragePolicyInput` via: 

MessageStoragePolicyArgs{...}

type MessageStoragePolicyOutput 

type MessageStoragePolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic.

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) AllowedPersistenceRegions 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyOutput) AllowedPersistenceRegions() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. A list of IDs of Google Cloud regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed Google Cloud regions (or running outside of Google Cloud altogether) are routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) EnforceInTransit added in v0.32.0 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyOutput) EnforceInTransit() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. If true, `allowed_persistence_regions` is also used to enforce in-transit guarantees for messages. That is, Pub/Sub will fail Publish operations on this topic and subscribe operations on any subscription attached to this topic in any region that is not in `allowed_persistence_regions`.

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutput 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutput() MessageStoragePolicyOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput() MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput

type MessageStoragePolicyPtrInput 

type MessageStoragePolicyPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput() MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput
	ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput
}

MessageStoragePolicyPtrInput is an input type that accepts MessageStoragePolicyArgs, MessageStoragePolicyPtr and MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `MessageStoragePolicyPtrInput` via: 

        MessageStoragePolicyArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func MessageStoragePolicyPtr 

func MessageStoragePolicyPtr(v *MessageStoragePolicyArgs) MessageStoragePolicyPtrInput

type MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput 

type MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) AllowedPersistenceRegions 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) AllowedPersistenceRegions() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. A list of IDs of Google Cloud regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed Google Cloud regions (or running outside of Google Cloud altogether) are routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) Elem() MessageStoragePolicyOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) EnforceInTransit added in v0.32.0 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) EnforceInTransit() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. If true, `allowed_persistence_regions` is also used to enforce in-transit guarantees for messages. That is, Pub/Sub will fail Publish operations on this topic and subscribe operations on any subscription attached to this topic in any region that is not in `allowed_persistence_regions`.

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput() MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyPtrOutput

type MessageStoragePolicyResponse 

type MessageStoragePolicyResponse struct {
	// Optional. A list of IDs of Google Cloud regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed Google Cloud regions (or running outside of Google Cloud altogether) are routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
	AllowedPersistenceRegions []string `pulumi:"allowedPersistenceRegions"`
	// Optional. If true, `allowed_persistence_regions` is also used to enforce in-transit guarantees for messages. That is, Pub/Sub will fail Publish operations on this topic and subscribe operations on any subscription attached to this topic in any region that is not in `allowed_persistence_regions`.
	EnforceInTransit bool `pulumi:"enforceInTransit"`
}

A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic.

type MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput 

type MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic.

func (MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) AllowedPersistenceRegions 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) AllowedPersistenceRegions() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. A list of IDs of Google Cloud regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed Google Cloud regions (or running outside of Google Cloud altogether) are routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.

func (MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) EnforceInTransit added in v0.32.0 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) EnforceInTransit() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. If true, `allowed_persistence_regions` is also used to enforce in-transit guarantees for messages. That is, Pub/Sub will fail Publish operations on this topic and subscribe operations on any subscription attached to this topic in any region that is not in `allowed_persistence_regions`.

func (MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput() MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput

func (MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput) ToMessageStoragePolicyResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput

type NoWrapper added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapper struct {
	// Optional. When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
	WriteMetadata *bool `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery.

type NoWrapperArgs added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperArgs struct {
	// Optional. When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
	WriteMetadata pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery.

func (NoWrapperArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (NoWrapperArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (i NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperOutput() NoWrapperOutput

func (NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (i NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NoWrapperOutput

func (NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (i NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperPtrOutput() NoWrapperPtrOutput

func (NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (i NoWrapperArgs) ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NoWrapperPtrOutput

type NoWrapperInput added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToNoWrapperOutput() NoWrapperOutput
	ToNoWrapperOutputWithContext(context.Context) NoWrapperOutput
}

NoWrapperInput is an input type that accepts NoWrapperArgs and NoWrapperOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `NoWrapperInput` via: 

NoWrapperArgs{...}

type NoWrapperOutput added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery.

func (NoWrapperOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (NoWrapperOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperOutput() NoWrapperOutput

func (NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NoWrapperOutput

func (NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutput() NoWrapperPtrOutput

func (NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NoWrapperPtrOutput

func (NoWrapperOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.

type NoWrapperPtrInput added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToNoWrapperPtrOutput() NoWrapperPtrOutput
	ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) NoWrapperPtrOutput
}

NoWrapperPtrInput is an input type that accepts NoWrapperArgs, NoWrapperPtr and NoWrapperPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `NoWrapperPtrInput` via: 

        NoWrapperArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func NoWrapperPtr added in v0.32.0 

func NoWrapperPtr(v *NoWrapperArgs) NoWrapperPtrInput

type NoWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (NoWrapperPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperPtrOutput) Elem() NoWrapperOutput

func (NoWrapperPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (NoWrapperPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (NoWrapperPtrOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperPtrOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutput() NoWrapperPtrOutput

func (NoWrapperPtrOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperPtrOutput) ToNoWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NoWrapperPtrOutput

func (NoWrapperPtrOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperPtrOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

Optional. When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.

type NoWrapperResponse added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperResponse struct {
	// Optional. When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.
	WriteMetadata bool `pulumi:"writeMetadata"`
}

Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery.

type NoWrapperResponseOutput added in v0.32.0 

type NoWrapperResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Sets the `data` field as the HTTP body for delivery.

func (NoWrapperResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (NoWrapperResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (NoWrapperResponseOutput) ToNoWrapperResponseOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperResponseOutput) ToNoWrapperResponseOutput() NoWrapperResponseOutput

func (NoWrapperResponseOutput) ToNoWrapperResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperResponseOutput) ToNoWrapperResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NoWrapperResponseOutput

func (NoWrapperResponseOutput) WriteMetadata added in v0.32.0 

func (o NoWrapperResponseOutput) WriteMetadata() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. When true, writes the Pub/Sub message metadata to `x-goog-pubsub-:` headers of the HTTP request. Writes the Pub/Sub message attributes to `:` headers of the HTTP request.

type OidcToken 

type OidcToken struct {
	// Optional. Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
	Audience *string `pulumi:"audience"`
	// Optional. [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
	ServiceAccountEmail *string `pulumi:"serviceAccountEmail"`
}

Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect).

type OidcTokenArgs 

type OidcTokenArgs struct {
	// Optional. Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
	Audience pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"audience"`
	// Optional. [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
	ServiceAccountEmail pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"serviceAccountEmail"`
}

Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect).

func (OidcTokenArgs) ElementType 

func (OidcTokenArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenOutput 

func (i OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenOutput() OidcTokenOutput

func (OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenOutputWithContext 

func (i OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OidcTokenOutput

func (OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenPtrOutput 

func (i OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenPtrOutput() OidcTokenPtrOutput

func (OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i OidcTokenArgs) ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OidcTokenPtrOutput

type OidcTokenInput 

type OidcTokenInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOidcTokenOutput() OidcTokenOutput
	ToOidcTokenOutputWithContext(context.Context) OidcTokenOutput
}

OidcTokenInput is an input type that accepts OidcTokenArgs and OidcTokenOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `OidcTokenInput` via: 

OidcTokenArgs{...}

type OidcTokenOutput 

type OidcTokenOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect).

func (OidcTokenOutput) Audience 

func (o OidcTokenOutput) Audience() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.

func (OidcTokenOutput) ElementType 

func (OidcTokenOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (OidcTokenOutput) ServiceAccountEmail 

func (o OidcTokenOutput) ServiceAccountEmail() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).

func (OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenOutput 

func (o OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenOutput() OidcTokenOutput

func (OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenOutputWithContext 

func (o OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OidcTokenOutput

func (OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutput 

func (o OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutput() OidcTokenPtrOutput

func (OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o OidcTokenOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OidcTokenPtrOutput

type OidcTokenPtrInput 

type OidcTokenPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOidcTokenPtrOutput() OidcTokenPtrOutput
	ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) OidcTokenPtrOutput
}

OidcTokenPtrInput is an input type that accepts OidcTokenArgs, OidcTokenPtr and OidcTokenPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `OidcTokenPtrInput` via: 

        OidcTokenArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func OidcTokenPtr 

func OidcTokenPtr(v *OidcTokenArgs) OidcTokenPtrInput

type OidcTokenPtrOutput 

type OidcTokenPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) Audience 

func (o OidcTokenPtrOutput) Audience() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o OidcTokenPtrOutput) Elem() OidcTokenOutput

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) ServiceAccountEmail 

func (o OidcTokenPtrOutput) ServiceAccountEmail() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutput 

func (o OidcTokenPtrOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutput() OidcTokenPtrOutput

func (OidcTokenPtrOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o OidcTokenPtrOutput) ToOidcTokenPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OidcTokenPtrOutput

type OidcTokenResponse 

type OidcTokenResponse struct {
	// Optional. Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.
	Audience string `pulumi:"audience"`
	// Optional. [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).
	ServiceAccountEmail string `pulumi:"serviceAccountEmail"`
}

Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect).

type OidcTokenResponseOutput 

type OidcTokenResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Contains information needed for generating an [OpenID Connect token](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect).

func (OidcTokenResponseOutput) Audience 

func (o OidcTokenResponseOutput) Audience() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Audience to be used when generating OIDC token. The audience claim identifies the recipients that the JWT is intended for. The audience value is a single case-sensitive string. Having multiple values (array) for the audience field is not supported. More info about the OIDC JWT token audience here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519#section-4.1.3 Note: if not specified, the Push endpoint URL will be used.

func (OidcTokenResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (OidcTokenResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (OidcTokenResponseOutput) ServiceAccountEmail 

func (o OidcTokenResponseOutput) ServiceAccountEmail() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. [Service account email](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts) used for generating the OIDC token. For more information on setting up authentication, see [Push subscriptions](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/push).

func (OidcTokenResponseOutput) ToOidcTokenResponseOutput 

func (o OidcTokenResponseOutput) ToOidcTokenResponseOutput() OidcTokenResponseOutput

func (OidcTokenResponseOutput) ToOidcTokenResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o OidcTokenResponseOutput) ToOidcTokenResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OidcTokenResponseOutput

type PubsubWrapper added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapper struct {
}

The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

type PubsubWrapperArgs added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperArgs struct {
}

The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

func (PubsubWrapperArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (PubsubWrapperArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (i PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperOutput() PubsubWrapperOutput

func (PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (i PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PubsubWrapperOutput

func (PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (i PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput() PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

func (PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (i PubsubWrapperArgs) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

type PubsubWrapperInput added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPubsubWrapperOutput() PubsubWrapperOutput
	ToPubsubWrapperOutputWithContext(context.Context) PubsubWrapperOutput
}

PubsubWrapperInput is an input type that accepts PubsubWrapperArgs and PubsubWrapperOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PubsubWrapperInput` via: 

PubsubWrapperArgs{...}

type PubsubWrapperOutput added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

func (PubsubWrapperOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (PubsubWrapperOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperOutput() PubsubWrapperOutput

func (PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PubsubWrapperOutput

func (PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput() PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

func (PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

type PubsubWrapperPtrInput added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput() PubsubWrapperPtrOutput
	ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) PubsubWrapperPtrOutput
}

PubsubWrapperPtrInput is an input type that accepts PubsubWrapperArgs, PubsubWrapperPtr and PubsubWrapperPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PubsubWrapperPtrInput` via: 

        PubsubWrapperArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func PubsubWrapperPtr added in v0.32.0 

func PubsubWrapperPtr(v *PubsubWrapperArgs) PubsubWrapperPtrInput

type PubsubWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) Elem() PubsubWrapperOutput

func (PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutput() PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

func (PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperPtrOutput) ToPubsubWrapperPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

type PubsubWrapperResponse added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperResponse struct {
}

The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

type PubsubWrapperResponseOutput added in v0.32.0 

type PubsubWrapperResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

The payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

func (PubsubWrapperResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0 

func (PubsubWrapperResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PubsubWrapperResponseOutput) ToPubsubWrapperResponseOutput added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperResponseOutput) ToPubsubWrapperResponseOutput() PubsubWrapperResponseOutput

func (PubsubWrapperResponseOutput) ToPubsubWrapperResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0 

func (o PubsubWrapperResponseOutput) ToPubsubWrapperResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PubsubWrapperResponseOutput

type PushConfig 

type PushConfig struct {
	// Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
	Attributes map[string]string `pulumi:"attributes"`
	// Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
	NoWrapper *NoWrapper `pulumi:"noWrapper"`
	// Optional. If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
	OidcToken *OidcToken `pulumi:"oidcToken"`
	// Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
	PubsubWrapper *PubsubWrapper `pulumi:"pubsubWrapper"`
	// Optional. A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
	PushEndpoint *string `pulumi:"pushEndpoint"`
}

Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.

type PushConfigArgs 

type PushConfigArgs struct {
	// Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
	Attributes pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"attributes"`
	// Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
	NoWrapper NoWrapperPtrInput `pulumi:"noWrapper"`
	// Optional. If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
	OidcToken OidcTokenPtrInput `pulumi:"oidcToken"`
	// Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
	PubsubWrapper PubsubWrapperPtrInput `pulumi:"pubsubWrapper"`
	// Optional. A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
	PushEndpoint pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"pushEndpoint"`
}

Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.

func (PushConfigArgs) ElementType 

func (PushConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigOutput 

func (i PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigOutput() PushConfigOutput

func (PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigOutputWithContext 

func (i PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PushConfigOutput

func (PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigPtrOutput 

func (i PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigPtrOutput() PushConfigPtrOutput

func (PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i PushConfigArgs) ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PushConfigPtrOutput

type PushConfigInput 

type PushConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPushConfigOutput() PushConfigOutput
	ToPushConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) PushConfigOutput
}

PushConfigInput is an input type that accepts PushConfigArgs and PushConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PushConfigInput` via: 

PushConfigArgs{...}

type PushConfigOutput 

type PushConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.

func (PushConfigOutput) Attributes 

func (o PushConfigOutput) Attributes() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`

func (PushConfigOutput) ElementType 

func (PushConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PushConfigOutput) NoWrapper added in v0.32.0 

func (o PushConfigOutput) NoWrapper() NoWrapperPtrOutput

Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.

func (PushConfigOutput) OidcToken 

func (o PushConfigOutput) OidcToken() OidcTokenPtrOutput

Optional. If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.

func (PushConfigOutput) PubsubWrapper added in v0.32.0 

func (o PushConfigOutput) PubsubWrapper() PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

func (PushConfigOutput) PushEndpoint 

func (o PushConfigOutput) PushEndpoint() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.

func (PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigOutput 

func (o PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigOutput() PushConfigOutput

func (PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigOutputWithContext 

func (o PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PushConfigOutput

func (PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutput 

func (o PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutput() PushConfigPtrOutput

func (PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o PushConfigOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PushConfigPtrOutput

type PushConfigPtrInput 

type PushConfigPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPushConfigPtrOutput() PushConfigPtrOutput
	ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) PushConfigPtrOutput
}

PushConfigPtrInput is an input type that accepts PushConfigArgs, PushConfigPtr and PushConfigPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PushConfigPtrInput` via: 

        PushConfigArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func PushConfigPtr 

func PushConfigPtr(v *PushConfigArgs) PushConfigPtrInput

type PushConfigPtrOutput 

type PushConfigPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) Attributes 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) Attributes() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) Elem() PushConfigOutput

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) NoWrapper added in v0.32.0 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) NoWrapper() NoWrapperPtrOutput

Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) OidcToken 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) OidcToken() OidcTokenPtrOutput

Optional. If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) PubsubWrapper added in v0.32.0 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) PubsubWrapper() PubsubWrapperPtrOutput

Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) PushEndpoint 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) PushEndpoint() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutput 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutput() PushConfigPtrOutput

func (PushConfigPtrOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o PushConfigPtrOutput) ToPushConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PushConfigPtrOutput

type PushConfigResponse 

type PushConfigResponse struct {
	// Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`
	Attributes map[string]string `pulumi:"attributes"`
	// Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.
	NoWrapper NoWrapperResponse `pulumi:"noWrapper"`
	// Optional. If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.
	OidcToken OidcTokenResponse `pulumi:"oidcToken"`
	// Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).
	PubsubWrapper PubsubWrapperResponse `pulumi:"pubsubWrapper"`
	// Optional. A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.
	PushEndpoint string `pulumi:"pushEndpoint"`
}

Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.

type PushConfigResponseOutput 

type PushConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) Attributes 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) Attributes() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. Endpoint configuration attributes that can be used to control different aspects of the message delivery. The only currently supported attribute is `x-goog-version`, which you can use to change the format of the pushed message. This attribute indicates the version of the data expected by the endpoint. This controls the shape of the pushed message (i.e., its fields and metadata). If not present during the `CreateSubscription` call, it will default to the version of the Pub/Sub API used to make such call. If not present in a `ModifyPushConfig` call, its value will not be changed. `GetSubscription` calls will always return a valid version, even if the subscription was created without this attribute. The only supported values for the `x-goog-version` attribute are: * `v1beta1`: uses the push format defined in the v1beta1 Pub/Sub API. * `v1` or `v1beta2`: uses the push format defined in the v1 Pub/Sub API. For example: `attributes { "x-goog-version": "v1" }`

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) NoWrapper added in v0.32.0 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) NoWrapper() NoWrapperResponseOutput

Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is not wrapped.

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) OidcToken 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) OidcToken() OidcTokenResponseOutput

Optional. If specified, Pub/Sub will generate and attach an OIDC JWT token as an `Authorization` header in the HTTP request for every pushed message.

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) PubsubWrapper added in v0.32.0 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) PubsubWrapper() PubsubWrapperResponseOutput

Optional. When set, the payload to the push endpoint is in the form of the JSON representation of a PubsubMessage (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/reference/rpc/google.pubsub.v1#pubsubmessage).

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) PushEndpoint 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) PushEndpoint() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed. For example, a Webhook endpoint might use `https://example.com/push`.

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) ToPushConfigResponseOutput 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) ToPushConfigResponseOutput() PushConfigResponseOutput

func (PushConfigResponseOutput) ToPushConfigResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o PushConfigResponseOutput) ToPushConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PushConfigResponseOutput

type RetryPolicy 

type RetryPolicy struct {
	// Optional. The maximum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 600 seconds.
	MaximumBackoff *string `pulumi:"maximumBackoff"`
	// Optional. The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
	MinimumBackoff *string `pulumi:"minimumBackoff"`
}

A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message. Retry Policy is implemented on a best effort basis. At times, the delay between consecutive deliveries may not match the configuration. That is, delay can be more or less than configured backoff.

type RetryPolicyArgs 

type RetryPolicyArgs struct {
	// Optional. The maximum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 600 seconds.
	MaximumBackoff pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"maximumBackoff"`
	// Optional. The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
	MinimumBackoff pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"minimumBackoff"`
}

A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message. Retry Policy is implemented on a best effort basis. At times, the delay between consecutive deliveries may not match the configuration. That is, delay can be more or less than configured backoff.

func (RetryPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (RetryPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyOutput 

func (i RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyOutput() RetryPolicyOutput

func (RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RetryPolicyOutput

func (RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput 

func (i RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput() RetryPolicyPtrOutput

func (RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i RetryPolicyArgs) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RetryPolicyPtrOutput

type RetryPolicyInput 

type RetryPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRetryPolicyOutput() RetryPolicyOutput
	ToRetryPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) RetryPolicyOutput
}

RetryPolicyInput is an input type that accepts RetryPolicyArgs and RetryPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RetryPolicyInput` via: 

RetryPolicyArgs{...}

type RetryPolicyOutput 

type RetryPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message. Retry Policy is implemented on a best effort basis. At times, the delay between consecutive deliveries may not match the configuration. That is, delay can be more or less than configured backoff.

func (RetryPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (RetryPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RetryPolicyOutput) MaximumBackoff 

func (o RetryPolicyOutput) MaximumBackoff() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 600 seconds.

func (RetryPolicyOutput) MinimumBackoff 

func (o RetryPolicyOutput) MinimumBackoff() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.

func (RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyOutput 

func (o RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyOutput() RetryPolicyOutput

func (RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RetryPolicyOutput

func (RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput 

func (o RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput() RetryPolicyPtrOutput

func (RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o RetryPolicyOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RetryPolicyPtrOutput

type RetryPolicyPtrInput 

type RetryPolicyPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput() RetryPolicyPtrOutput
	ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) RetryPolicyPtrOutput
}

RetryPolicyPtrInput is an input type that accepts RetryPolicyArgs, RetryPolicyPtr and RetryPolicyPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RetryPolicyPtrInput` via: 

        RetryPolicyArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func RetryPolicyPtr 

func RetryPolicyPtr(v *RetryPolicyArgs) RetryPolicyPtrInput

type RetryPolicyPtrOutput 

type RetryPolicyPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o RetryPolicyPtrOutput) Elem() RetryPolicyOutput

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) MaximumBackoff 

func (o RetryPolicyPtrOutput) MaximumBackoff() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 600 seconds.

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) MinimumBackoff 

func (o RetryPolicyPtrOutput) MinimumBackoff() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput 

func (o RetryPolicyPtrOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutput() RetryPolicyPtrOutput

func (RetryPolicyPtrOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o RetryPolicyPtrOutput) ToRetryPolicyPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RetryPolicyPtrOutput

type RetryPolicyResponse 

type RetryPolicyResponse struct {
	// Optional. The maximum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 600 seconds.
	MaximumBackoff string `pulumi:"maximumBackoff"`
	// Optional. The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
	MinimumBackoff string `pulumi:"minimumBackoff"`
}

A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message. Retry Policy is implemented on a best effort basis. At times, the delay between consecutive deliveries may not match the configuration. That is, delay can be more or less than configured backoff.

type RetryPolicyResponseOutput 

type RetryPolicyResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery. Retry delay will be exponential based on provided minimum and maximum backoffs. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponential_backoff. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message. Retry Policy is implemented on a best effort basis. At times, the delay between consecutive deliveries may not match the configuration. That is, delay can be more or less than configured backoff.

func (RetryPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (RetryPolicyResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RetryPolicyResponseOutput) MaximumBackoff 

func (o RetryPolicyResponseOutput) MaximumBackoff() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The maximum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 600 seconds.

func (RetryPolicyResponseOutput) MinimumBackoff 

func (o RetryPolicyResponseOutput) MinimumBackoff() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.

func (RetryPolicyResponseOutput) ToRetryPolicyResponseOutput 

func (o RetryPolicyResponseOutput) ToRetryPolicyResponseOutput() RetryPolicyResponseOutput

func (RetryPolicyResponseOutput) ToRetryPolicyResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o RetryPolicyResponseOutput) ToRetryPolicyResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RetryPolicyResponseOutput

type Schema 

type Schema struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The definition of the schema. This should contain a string representing the full definition of the schema that is a valid schema definition of the type specified in `type`.
	Definition pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"definition"`
	// Name of the schema. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The timestamp that the revision was created.
	RevisionCreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"revisionCreateTime"`
	// Immutable. The revision ID of the schema.
	RevisionId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"revisionId"`
	// The ID to use for the schema, which will become the final component of the schema's resource name. See https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names for resource name constraints.
	SchemaId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"schemaId"`
	// The type of the schema definition.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
}

Creates a schema.

func GetSchema 

func GetSchema(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SchemaState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Schema, error)

GetSchema gets an existing Schema resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSchema 

func NewSchema(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SchemaArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Schema, error)

NewSchema registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Schema) ElementType 

func (*Schema) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Schema) ToSchemaOutput 

func (i *Schema) ToSchemaOutput() SchemaOutput

func (*Schema) ToSchemaOutputWithContext 

func (i *Schema) ToSchemaOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaOutput

type SchemaArgs 

type SchemaArgs struct {
	// The definition of the schema. This should contain a string representing the full definition of the schema that is a valid schema definition of the type specified in `type`.
	Definition pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Name of the schema. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The ID to use for the schema, which will become the final component of the schema's resource name. See https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names for resource name constraints.
	SchemaId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of the schema definition.
	Type SchemaTypePtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Schema resource.

func (SchemaArgs) ElementType 

func (SchemaArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSchemaIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func GetSchemaIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SchemaIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SchemaIamBinding, error)

GetSchemaIamBinding gets an existing SchemaIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSchemaIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func NewSchemaIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SchemaIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SchemaIamBinding, error)

NewSchemaIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SchemaIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*SchemaIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SchemaIamBinding) ToSchemaIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SchemaIamBinding) ToSchemaIamBindingOutput() SchemaIamBindingOutput

func (*SchemaIamBinding) ToSchemaIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SchemaIamBinding) ToSchemaIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamBindingOutput

type SchemaIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SchemaIamBinding resource.

func (SchemaIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SchemaIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaIamBindingOutput() SchemaIamBindingOutput
	ToSchemaIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamBindingOutput
}

type SchemaIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) Members() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) ToSchemaIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) ToSchemaIamBindingOutput() SchemaIamBindingOutput

func (SchemaIamBindingOutput) ToSchemaIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamBindingOutput) ToSchemaIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamBindingOutput

type SchemaIamBindingState added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamBindingState struct {
}

func (SchemaIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SchemaIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaIamMember added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSchemaIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func GetSchemaIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SchemaIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SchemaIamMember, error)

GetSchemaIamMember gets an existing SchemaIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSchemaIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func NewSchemaIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SchemaIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SchemaIamMember, error)

NewSchemaIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SchemaIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*SchemaIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SchemaIamMember) ToSchemaIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SchemaIamMember) ToSchemaIamMemberOutput() SchemaIamMemberOutput

func (*SchemaIamMember) ToSchemaIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SchemaIamMember) ToSchemaIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamMemberOutput

type SchemaIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SchemaIamMember resource.

func (SchemaIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SchemaIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaIamMemberOutput() SchemaIamMemberOutput
	ToSchemaIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamMemberOutput
}

type SchemaIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) Member() pulumi.StringOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) ToSchemaIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) ToSchemaIamMemberOutput() SchemaIamMemberOutput

func (SchemaIamMemberOutput) ToSchemaIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o SchemaIamMemberOutput) ToSchemaIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamMemberOutput

type SchemaIamMemberState added in v0.26.0 

type SchemaIamMemberState struct {
}

func (SchemaIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SchemaIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaIamPolicy 

type SchemaIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	SchemaId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"schemaId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetSchemaIamPolicy 

func GetSchemaIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SchemaIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SchemaIamPolicy, error)

GetSchemaIamPolicy gets an existing SchemaIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSchemaIamPolicy 

func NewSchemaIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SchemaIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SchemaIamPolicy, error)

NewSchemaIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SchemaIamPolicy) ElementType 

func (*SchemaIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SchemaIamPolicy) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutput 

func (i *SchemaIamPolicy) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutput() SchemaIamPolicyOutput

func (*SchemaIamPolicy) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i *SchemaIamPolicy) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamPolicyOutput

type SchemaIamPolicyArgs 

type SchemaIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	SchemaId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SchemaIamPolicy resource.

func (SchemaIamPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (SchemaIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaIamPolicyInput 

type SchemaIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaIamPolicyOutput() SchemaIamPolicyOutput
	ToSchemaIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamPolicyOutput
}

type SchemaIamPolicyOutput 

type SchemaIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) SchemaId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) SchemaId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutput 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutput() SchemaIamPolicyOutput

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) ToSchemaIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaIamPolicyOutput

func (SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaIamPolicyOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type SchemaIamPolicyState 

type SchemaIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (SchemaIamPolicyState) ElementType 

func (SchemaIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaInput 

type SchemaInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaOutput() SchemaOutput
	ToSchemaOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaOutput
}

type SchemaOutput 

type SchemaOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaOutput) Definition added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) Definition() pulumi.StringOutput

The definition of the schema. This should contain a string representing the full definition of the schema that is a valid schema definition of the type specified in `type`.

func (SchemaOutput) ElementType 

func (SchemaOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaOutput) Name added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Name of the schema. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`.

func (SchemaOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaOutput) RevisionCreateTime added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) RevisionCreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

The timestamp that the revision was created.

func (SchemaOutput) RevisionId added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) RevisionId() pulumi.StringOutput

Immutable. The revision ID of the schema.

func (SchemaOutput) SchemaId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) SchemaId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

The ID to use for the schema, which will become the final component of the schema's resource name. See https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names for resource name constraints.

func (SchemaOutput) ToSchemaOutput 

func (o SchemaOutput) ToSchemaOutput() SchemaOutput

func (SchemaOutput) ToSchemaOutputWithContext 

func (o SchemaOutput) ToSchemaOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaOutput

func (SchemaOutput) Type added in v0.19.0 

func (o SchemaOutput) Type() pulumi.StringOutput

The type of the schema definition.

type SchemaSettings 

type SchemaSettings struct {
	// Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.
	Encoding *SchemaSettingsEncoding `pulumi:"encoding"`
	// Optional. The minimum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against last_revision or any revision created before.
	FirstRevisionId *string `pulumi:"firstRevisionId"`
	// Optional. The maximum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against first_revision or any revision created after.
	LastRevisionId *string `pulumi:"lastRevisionId"`
	// The name of the schema that messages published should be validated against. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-schema_` if the schema has been deleted.
	Schema string `pulumi:"schema"`
}

Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

type SchemaSettingsArgs 

type SchemaSettingsArgs struct {
	// Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.
	Encoding SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrInput `pulumi:"encoding"`
	// Optional. The minimum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against last_revision or any revision created before.
	FirstRevisionId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"firstRevisionId"`
	// Optional. The maximum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against first_revision or any revision created after.
	LastRevisionId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"lastRevisionId"`
	// The name of the schema that messages published should be validated against. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-schema_` if the schema has been deleted.
	Schema pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"schema"`
}

Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

func (SchemaSettingsArgs) ElementType 

func (SchemaSettingsArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsOutput 

func (i SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsOutput() SchemaSettingsOutput

func (SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsOutputWithContext 

func (i SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsOutput

func (SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput 

func (i SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext 

func (i SchemaSettingsArgs) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsPtrOutput

type SchemaSettingsEncoding added in v0.4.0 

type SchemaSettingsEncoding string

Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ElementType added in v0.4.0 

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringOutput added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaSettingsEncoding) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SchemaSettingsEncodingInput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaSettingsEncodingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput
	ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutputWithContext(context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput
}

SchemaSettingsEncodingInput is an input type that accepts SchemaSettingsEncodingArgs and SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SchemaSettingsEncodingInput` via: 

SchemaSettingsEncodingArgs{...}

type SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0 

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrInput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput
	ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput
}

func SchemaSettingsEncodingPtr added in v0.6.0 

func SchemaSettingsEncodingPtr(v string) SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrInput

type SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) Elem() SchemaSettingsEncodingOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0 

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SchemaSettingsInput 

type SchemaSettingsInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaSettingsOutput() SchemaSettingsOutput
	ToSchemaSettingsOutputWithContext(context.Context) SchemaSettingsOutput
}

SchemaSettingsInput is an input type that accepts SchemaSettingsArgs and SchemaSettingsOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SchemaSettingsInput` via: 

SchemaSettingsArgs{...}

type SchemaSettingsOutput 

type SchemaSettingsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) ElementType 

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) Encoding 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) Encoding() SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) FirstRevisionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) FirstRevisionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The minimum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against last_revision or any revision created before.

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) LastRevisionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) LastRevisionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against first_revision or any revision created after.

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) Schema 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) Schema() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the schema that messages published should be validated against. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-schema_` if the schema has been deleted.

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsOutput 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsOutput() SchemaSettingsOutput

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsOutputWithContext 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsOutput

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o SchemaSettingsOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsPtrOutput

type SchemaSettingsPtrInput 

type SchemaSettingsPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsPtrOutput
	ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SchemaSettingsPtrOutput
}

SchemaSettingsPtrInput is an input type that accepts SchemaSettingsArgs, SchemaSettingsPtr and SchemaSettingsPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SchemaSettingsPtrInput` via: 

        SchemaSettingsArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func SchemaSettingsPtr 

func SchemaSettingsPtr(v *SchemaSettingsArgs) SchemaSettingsPtrInput

type SchemaSettingsPtrOutput 

type SchemaSettingsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) Elem 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) Elem() SchemaSettingsOutput

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) ElementType 

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) Encoding 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) Encoding() SchemaSettingsEncodingPtrOutput

Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) FirstRevisionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) FirstRevisionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The minimum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against last_revision or any revision created before.

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) LastRevisionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) LastRevisionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. The maximum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against first_revision or any revision created after.

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) Schema 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) Schema() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

The name of the schema that messages published should be validated against. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-schema_` if the schema has been deleted.

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutput() SchemaSettingsPtrOutput

func (SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext 

func (o SchemaSettingsPtrOutput) ToSchemaSettingsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsPtrOutput

type SchemaSettingsResponse 

type SchemaSettingsResponse struct {
	// Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.
	Encoding string `pulumi:"encoding"`
	// Optional. The minimum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against last_revision or any revision created before.
	FirstRevisionId string `pulumi:"firstRevisionId"`
	// Optional. The maximum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against first_revision or any revision created after.
	LastRevisionId string `pulumi:"lastRevisionId"`
	// The name of the schema that messages published should be validated against. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-schema_` if the schema has been deleted.
	Schema string `pulumi:"schema"`
}

Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

type SchemaSettingsResponseOutput 

type SchemaSettingsResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) ElementType 

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) Encoding 

func (o SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) Encoding() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The encoding of messages validated against `schema`.

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) FirstRevisionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) FirstRevisionId() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The minimum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against last_revision or any revision created before.

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) LastRevisionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) LastRevisionId() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The maximum (inclusive) revision allowed for validating messages. If empty or not present, allow any revision to be validated against first_revision or any revision created after.

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) Schema 

func (o SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) Schema() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the schema that messages published should be validated against. Format is `projects/{project}/schemas/{schema}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-schema_` if the schema has been deleted.

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) ToSchemaSettingsResponseOutput 

func (o SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) ToSchemaSettingsResponseOutput() SchemaSettingsResponseOutput

func (SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) ToSchemaSettingsResponseOutputWithContext 

func (o SchemaSettingsResponseOutput) ToSchemaSettingsResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaSettingsResponseOutput

type SchemaState 

type SchemaState struct {
}

func (SchemaState) ElementType 

func (SchemaState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SchemaType added in v0.4.0 

type SchemaType string

The type of the schema definition.

func (SchemaType) ElementType added in v0.4.0 

func (SchemaType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaType) ToSchemaTypeOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToSchemaTypeOutput() SchemaTypeOutput

func (SchemaType) ToSchemaTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToSchemaTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaTypeOutput

func (SchemaType) ToSchemaTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToSchemaTypePtrOutput() SchemaTypePtrOutput

func (SchemaType) ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaTypePtrOutput

func (SchemaType) ToStringOutput added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SchemaType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.4.0 

func (e SchemaType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SchemaTypeInput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaTypeOutput() SchemaTypeOutput
	ToSchemaTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) SchemaTypeOutput
}

SchemaTypeInput is an input type that accepts SchemaTypeArgs and SchemaTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SchemaTypeInput` via: 

SchemaTypeArgs{...}

type SchemaTypeOutput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0 

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypeOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypeOutput() SchemaTypeOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaTypeOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutput() SchemaTypePtrOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaTypePtrOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type SchemaTypePtrInput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSchemaTypePtrOutput() SchemaTypePtrOutput
	ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SchemaTypePtrOutput
}

func SchemaTypePtr added in v0.6.0 

func SchemaTypePtr(v string) SchemaTypePtrInput

type SchemaTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

type SchemaTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypePtrOutput) Elem() SchemaTypeOutput

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.6.0 

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutput() SchemaTypePtrOutput

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToSchemaTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SchemaTypePtrOutput

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.6.0 

func (o SchemaTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type Snapshot 

type Snapshot struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time. A newly-created snapshot expires no later than 7 days from the time of its creation. Its exact lifetime is determined at creation by the existing backlog in the source subscription. Specifically, the lifetime of the snapshot is `7 days - (age of oldest unacked message in the subscription)`. For example, consider a subscription whose oldest unacked message is 3 days old. If a snapshot is created from this subscription, the snapshot -- which will always capture this 3-day-old backlog as long as the snapshot exists -- will expire in 4 days. The service will refuse to create a snapshot that would expire in less than 1 hour after creation.
	ExpireTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"expireTime"`
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Optional. The name of the snapshot.
	Name       pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	SnapshotId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"snapshotId"`
	// Optional. The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.
	Topic pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"topic"`
}

Creates a snapshot from the requested subscription. Snapshots are used in [Seek](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview) operations, which allow you to manage message acknowledgments in bulk. That is, you can set the acknowledgment state of messages in an existing subscription to the state captured by a snapshot. If the snapshot already exists, returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. If the requested subscription doesn't exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. If the backlog in the subscription is too old -- and the resulting snapshot would expire in less than 1 hour -- then `FAILED_PRECONDITION` is returned. See also the `Snapshot.expire_time` field. If the name is not provided in the request, the server will assign a random name for this snapshot on the same project as the subscription, conforming to the [resource name format] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names). The generated name is populated in the returned Snapshot object. Note that for REST API requests, you must specify a name in the request. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetSnapshot 

func GetSnapshot(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SnapshotState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Snapshot, error)

GetSnapshot gets an existing Snapshot resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSnapshot 

func NewSnapshot(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SnapshotArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Snapshot, error)

NewSnapshot registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Snapshot) ElementType 

func (*Snapshot) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Snapshot) ToSnapshotOutput 

func (i *Snapshot) ToSnapshotOutput() SnapshotOutput

func (*Snapshot) ToSnapshotOutputWithContext 

func (i *Snapshot) ToSnapshotOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotOutput

type SnapshotArgs 

type SnapshotArgs struct {
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels     pulumi.StringMapInput
	Project    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	SnapshotId pulumi.StringInput
	// The subscription whose backlog the snapshot retains. Specifically, the created snapshot is guaranteed to retain: (a) The existing backlog on the subscription. More precisely, this is defined as the messages in the subscription's backlog that are unacknowledged upon the successful completion of the `CreateSnapshot` request; as well as: (b) Any messages published to the subscription's topic following the successful completion of the CreateSnapshot request. Format is `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{sub}`.
	Subscription pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Snapshot resource.

func (SnapshotArgs) ElementType 

func (SnapshotArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSnapshotIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func GetSnapshotIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SnapshotIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SnapshotIamBinding, error)

GetSnapshotIamBinding gets an existing SnapshotIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSnapshotIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func NewSnapshotIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SnapshotIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SnapshotIamBinding, error)

NewSnapshotIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SnapshotIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*SnapshotIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SnapshotIamBinding) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SnapshotIamBinding) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutput() SnapshotIamBindingOutput

func (*SnapshotIamBinding) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SnapshotIamBinding) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamBindingOutput

type SnapshotIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SnapshotIamBinding resource.

func (SnapshotIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SnapshotIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSnapshotIamBindingOutput() SnapshotIamBindingOutput
	ToSnapshotIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamBindingOutput
}

type SnapshotIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Members() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutput() SnapshotIamBindingOutput

func (SnapshotIamBindingOutput) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamBindingOutput) ToSnapshotIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamBindingOutput

type SnapshotIamBindingState added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamBindingState struct {
}

func (SnapshotIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SnapshotIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotIamMember added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSnapshotIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func GetSnapshotIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SnapshotIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SnapshotIamMember, error)

GetSnapshotIamMember gets an existing SnapshotIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSnapshotIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func NewSnapshotIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SnapshotIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SnapshotIamMember, error)

NewSnapshotIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SnapshotIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*SnapshotIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SnapshotIamMember) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SnapshotIamMember) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutput() SnapshotIamMemberOutput

func (*SnapshotIamMember) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SnapshotIamMember) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamMemberOutput

type SnapshotIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SnapshotIamMember resource.

func (SnapshotIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SnapshotIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSnapshotIamMemberOutput() SnapshotIamMemberOutput
	ToSnapshotIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamMemberOutput
}

type SnapshotIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Member() pulumi.StringOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutput() SnapshotIamMemberOutput

func (SnapshotIamMemberOutput) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o SnapshotIamMemberOutput) ToSnapshotIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamMemberOutput

type SnapshotIamMemberState added in v0.26.0 

type SnapshotIamMemberState struct {
}

func (SnapshotIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SnapshotIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotIamPolicy 

type SnapshotIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag       pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Project    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	SnapshotId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"snapshotId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetSnapshotIamPolicy 

func GetSnapshotIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SnapshotIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SnapshotIamPolicy, error)

GetSnapshotIamPolicy gets an existing SnapshotIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSnapshotIamPolicy 

func NewSnapshotIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SnapshotIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SnapshotIamPolicy, error)

NewSnapshotIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SnapshotIamPolicy) ElementType 

func (*SnapshotIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SnapshotIamPolicy) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutput 

func (i *SnapshotIamPolicy) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutput() SnapshotIamPolicyOutput

func (*SnapshotIamPolicy) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i *SnapshotIamPolicy) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamPolicyOutput

type SnapshotIamPolicyArgs 

type SnapshotIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag       pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	SnapshotId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SnapshotIamPolicy resource.

func (SnapshotIamPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (SnapshotIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotIamPolicyInput 

type SnapshotIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutput() SnapshotIamPolicyOutput
	ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamPolicyOutput
}

type SnapshotIamPolicyOutput 

type SnapshotIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) SnapshotId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) SnapshotId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutput 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutput() SnapshotIamPolicyOutput

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) ToSnapshotIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotIamPolicyOutput

func (SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotIamPolicyOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type SnapshotIamPolicyState 

type SnapshotIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (SnapshotIamPolicyState) ElementType 

func (SnapshotIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SnapshotInput 

type SnapshotInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSnapshotOutput() SnapshotOutput
	ToSnapshotOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotOutput
}

type SnapshotOutput 

type SnapshotOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SnapshotOutput) ElementType 

func (SnapshotOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SnapshotOutput) ExpireTime added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotOutput) ExpireTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time. A newly-created snapshot expires no later than 7 days from the time of its creation. Its exact lifetime is determined at creation by the existing backlog in the source subscription. Specifically, the lifetime of the snapshot is `7 days - (age of oldest unacked message in the subscription)`. For example, consider a subscription whose oldest unacked message is 3 days old. If a snapshot is created from this subscription, the snapshot -- which will always capture this 3-day-old backlog as long as the snapshot exists -- will expire in 4 days. The service will refuse to create a snapshot that would expire in less than 1 hour after creation.

func (SnapshotOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).

func (SnapshotOutput) Name added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the snapshot.

func (SnapshotOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o SnapshotOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SnapshotOutput) SnapshotId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SnapshotOutput) SnapshotId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SnapshotOutput) ToSnapshotOutput 

func (o SnapshotOutput) ToSnapshotOutput() SnapshotOutput

func (SnapshotOutput) ToSnapshotOutputWithContext 

func (o SnapshotOutput) ToSnapshotOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SnapshotOutput

func (SnapshotOutput) Topic added in v0.19.0 

func (o SnapshotOutput) Topic() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.

type SnapshotState 

type SnapshotState struct {
}

func (SnapshotState) ElementType 

func (SnapshotState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Subscription 

type Subscription struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. The approximate amount of time (on a best-effort basis) Pub/Sub waits for the subscriber to acknowledge receipt before resending the message. In the interval after the message is delivered and before it is acknowledged, it is considered to be _outstanding_. During that time period, the message will not be redelivered (on a best-effort basis). For pull subscriptions, this value is used as the initial value for the ack deadline. To override this value for a given message, call `ModifyAckDeadline` with the corresponding `ack_id` if using non-streaming pull or send the `ack_id` in a `StreamingModifyAckDeadlineRequest` if using streaming pull. The minimum custom deadline you can specify is 10 seconds. The maximum custom deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes). If this parameter is 0, a default value of 10 seconds is used. For push delivery, this value is also used to set the request timeout for the call to the push endpoint. If the subscriber never acknowledges the message, the Pub/Sub system will eventually redeliver the message.
	AckDeadlineSeconds pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"ackDeadlineSeconds"`
	// Optional. If delivery to BigQuery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	BigqueryConfig BigQueryConfigResponseOutput `pulumi:"bigqueryConfig"`
	// Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	CloudStorageConfig CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput `pulumi:"cloudStorageConfig"`
	// Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for dead lettering messages in this subscription. If dead_letter_policy is not set, dead lettering is disabled. The Pub/Sub service account associated with this subscriptions's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Acknowledge() messages on this subscription.
	DeadLetterPolicy DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput `pulumi:"deadLetterPolicy"`
	// Optional. Indicates whether the subscription is detached from its topic. Detached subscriptions don't receive messages from their topic and don't retain any backlog. `Pull` and `StreamingPull` requests will return FAILED_PRECONDITION. If the subscription is a push subscription, pushes to the endpoint will not be made.
	Detached pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"detached"`
	// Optional. If true, Pub/Sub provides the following guarantees for the delivery of a message with a given value of `message_id` on this subscription: * The message sent to a subscriber is guaranteed not to be resent before the message's acknowledgement deadline expires. * An acknowledged message will not be resent to a subscriber. Note that subscribers may still receive multiple copies of a message when `enable_exactly_once_delivery` is true if the message was published multiple times by a publisher client. These copies are considered distinct by Pub/Sub and have distinct `message_id` values.
	EnableExactlyOnceDelivery pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"enableExactlyOnceDelivery"`
	// Optional. If true, messages published with the same `ordering_key` in `PubsubMessage` will be delivered to the subscribers in the order in which they are received by the Pub/Sub system. Otherwise, they may be delivered in any order.
	EnableMessageOrdering pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"enableMessageOrdering"`
	// Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for this subscription's expiration. A subscription is considered active as long as any connected subscriber is successfully consuming messages from the subscription or is issuing operations on the subscription. If `expiration_policy` is not set, a *default policy* with `ttl` of 31 days will be used. The minimum allowed value for `expiration_policy.ttl` is 1 day. If `expiration_policy` is set, but `expiration_policy.ttl` is not set, the subscription never expires.
	ExpirationPolicy ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput `pulumi:"expirationPolicy"`
	// Optional. An expression written in the Pub/Sub [filter language](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/filtering). If non-empty, then only `PubsubMessage`s whose `attributes` field matches the filter are delivered on this subscription. If empty, then no messages are filtered out.
	Filter pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"filter"`
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
	MessageRetentionDuration pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"messageRetentionDuration"`
	// The name of the subscription. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}"`. `{subscription}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	PushConfig PushConfigResponseOutput `pulumi:"pushConfig"`
	// Optional. Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
	RetainAckedMessages pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"retainAckedMessages"`
	// Optional. A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery for this subscription. If not set, the default retry policy is applied. This generally implies that messages will be retried as soon as possible for healthy subscribers. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message.
	RetryPolicy RetryPolicyResponseOutput `pulumi:"retryPolicy"`
	// An output-only field indicating whether or not the subscription can receive messages.
	State          pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	SubscriptionId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
	// The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
	Topic pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"topic"`
	// Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription's topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription's topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
	TopicMessageRetentionDuration pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"topicMessageRetentionDuration"`
}

Creates a subscription to a given topic. See the [resource name rules] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names). If the subscription already exists, returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. If the corresponding topic doesn't exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. If the name is not provided in the request, the server will assign a random name for this subscription on the same project as the topic, conforming to the [resource name format] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names). The generated name is populated in the returned Subscription object. Note that for REST API requests, you must specify a name in the request.

func GetSubscription 

func GetSubscription(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SubscriptionState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Subscription, error)

GetSubscription gets an existing Subscription resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSubscription 

func NewSubscription(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SubscriptionArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Subscription, error)

NewSubscription registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Subscription) ElementType 

func (*Subscription) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutput 

func (i *Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutput() SubscriptionOutput

func (*Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext 

func (i *Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionOutput

type SubscriptionArgs 

type SubscriptionArgs struct {
	// Optional. The approximate amount of time (on a best-effort basis) Pub/Sub waits for the subscriber to acknowledge receipt before resending the message. In the interval after the message is delivered and before it is acknowledged, it is considered to be _outstanding_. During that time period, the message will not be redelivered (on a best-effort basis). For pull subscriptions, this value is used as the initial value for the ack deadline. To override this value for a given message, call `ModifyAckDeadline` with the corresponding `ack_id` if using non-streaming pull or send the `ack_id` in a `StreamingModifyAckDeadlineRequest` if using streaming pull. The minimum custom deadline you can specify is 10 seconds. The maximum custom deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes). If this parameter is 0, a default value of 10 seconds is used. For push delivery, this value is also used to set the request timeout for the call to the push endpoint. If the subscriber never acknowledges the message, the Pub/Sub system will eventually redeliver the message.
	AckDeadlineSeconds pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// Optional. If delivery to BigQuery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	BigqueryConfig BigQueryConfigPtrInput
	// Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	CloudStorageConfig CloudStorageConfigPtrInput
	// Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for dead lettering messages in this subscription. If dead_letter_policy is not set, dead lettering is disabled. The Pub/Sub service account associated with this subscriptions's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Acknowledge() messages on this subscription.
	DeadLetterPolicy DeadLetterPolicyPtrInput
	// Optional. Indicates whether the subscription is detached from its topic. Detached subscriptions don't receive messages from their topic and don't retain any backlog. `Pull` and `StreamingPull` requests will return FAILED_PRECONDITION. If the subscription is a push subscription, pushes to the endpoint will not be made.
	Detached pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Optional. If true, Pub/Sub provides the following guarantees for the delivery of a message with a given value of `message_id` on this subscription: * The message sent to a subscriber is guaranteed not to be resent before the message's acknowledgement deadline expires. * An acknowledged message will not be resent to a subscriber. Note that subscribers may still receive multiple copies of a message when `enable_exactly_once_delivery` is true if the message was published multiple times by a publisher client. These copies are considered distinct by Pub/Sub and have distinct `message_id` values.
	EnableExactlyOnceDelivery pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Optional. If true, messages published with the same `ordering_key` in `PubsubMessage` will be delivered to the subscribers in the order in which they are received by the Pub/Sub system. Otherwise, they may be delivered in any order.
	EnableMessageOrdering pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for this subscription's expiration. A subscription is considered active as long as any connected subscriber is successfully consuming messages from the subscription or is issuing operations on the subscription. If `expiration_policy` is not set, a *default policy* with `ttl` of 31 days will be used. The minimum allowed value for `expiration_policy.ttl` is 1 day. If `expiration_policy` is set, but `expiration_policy.ttl` is not set, the subscription never expires.
	ExpirationPolicy ExpirationPolicyPtrInput
	// Optional. An expression written in the Pub/Sub [filter language](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/filtering). If non-empty, then only `PubsubMessage`s whose `attributes` field matches the filter are delivered on this subscription. If empty, then no messages are filtered out.
	Filter pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapInput
	// Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
	MessageRetentionDuration pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The name of the subscription. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}"`. `{subscription}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.
	PushConfig PushConfigPtrInput
	// Optional. Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.
	RetainAckedMessages pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Optional. A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery for this subscription. If not set, the default retry policy is applied. This generally implies that messages will be retried as soon as possible for healthy subscribers. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message.
	RetryPolicy    RetryPolicyPtrInput
	SubscriptionId pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
	Topic pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Subscription resource.

func (SubscriptionArgs) ElementType 

func (SubscriptionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSubscriptionIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func GetSubscriptionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SubscriptionIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SubscriptionIamBinding, error)

GetSubscriptionIamBinding gets an existing SubscriptionIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSubscriptionIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func NewSubscriptionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SubscriptionIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SubscriptionIamBinding, error)

NewSubscriptionIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SubscriptionIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*SubscriptionIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SubscriptionIamBinding) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SubscriptionIamBinding) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutput() SubscriptionIamBindingOutput

func (*SubscriptionIamBinding) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SubscriptionIamBinding) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamBindingOutput

type SubscriptionIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SubscriptionIamBinding resource.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SubscriptionIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutput() SubscriptionIamBindingOutput
	ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamBindingOutput
}

type SubscriptionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Members() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutput() SubscriptionIamBindingOutput

func (SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamBindingOutput) ToSubscriptionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamBindingOutput

type SubscriptionIamBindingState added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamBindingState struct {
}

func (SubscriptionIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SubscriptionIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionIamMember added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetSubscriptionIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func GetSubscriptionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SubscriptionIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SubscriptionIamMember, error)

GetSubscriptionIamMember gets an existing SubscriptionIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSubscriptionIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func NewSubscriptionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SubscriptionIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SubscriptionIamMember, error)

NewSubscriptionIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SubscriptionIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*SubscriptionIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SubscriptionIamMember) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SubscriptionIamMember) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutput() SubscriptionIamMemberOutput

func (*SubscriptionIamMember) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *SubscriptionIamMember) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamMemberOutput

type SubscriptionIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SubscriptionIamMember resource.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SubscriptionIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutput() SubscriptionIamMemberOutput
	ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamMemberOutput
}

type SubscriptionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Member() pulumi.StringOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutput() SubscriptionIamMemberOutput

func (SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamMemberOutput) ToSubscriptionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamMemberOutput

type SubscriptionIamMemberState added in v0.26.0 

type SubscriptionIamMemberState struct {
}

func (SubscriptionIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (SubscriptionIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionIamPolicy 

type SubscriptionIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Project        pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	SubscriptionId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetSubscriptionIamPolicy 

func GetSubscriptionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SubscriptionIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SubscriptionIamPolicy, error)

GetSubscriptionIamPolicy gets an existing SubscriptionIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSubscriptionIamPolicy 

func NewSubscriptionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SubscriptionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SubscriptionIamPolicy, error)

NewSubscriptionIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SubscriptionIamPolicy) ElementType 

func (*SubscriptionIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SubscriptionIamPolicy) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput 

func (i *SubscriptionIamPolicy) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput() SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput

func (*SubscriptionIamPolicy) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i *SubscriptionIamPolicy) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput

type SubscriptionIamPolicyArgs 

type SubscriptionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project        pulumi.StringPtrInput
	SubscriptionId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SubscriptionIamPolicy resource.

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionIamPolicyInput 

type SubscriptionIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput() SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput
	ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput
}

type SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput 

type SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) SubscriptionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) SubscriptionId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutput() SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) ToSubscriptionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionIamPolicyOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type SubscriptionIamPolicyState 

type SubscriptionIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyState) ElementType 

func (SubscriptionIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionInput 

type SubscriptionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionOutput() SubscriptionOutput
	ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionOutput
}

type SubscriptionOutput 

type SubscriptionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionOutput) AckDeadlineSeconds added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) AckDeadlineSeconds() pulumi.IntOutput

Optional. The approximate amount of time (on a best-effort basis) Pub/Sub waits for the subscriber to acknowledge receipt before resending the message. In the interval after the message is delivered and before it is acknowledged, it is considered to be _outstanding_. During that time period, the message will not be redelivered (on a best-effort basis). For pull subscriptions, this value is used as the initial value for the ack deadline. To override this value for a given message, call `ModifyAckDeadline` with the corresponding `ack_id` if using non-streaming pull or send the `ack_id` in a `StreamingModifyAckDeadlineRequest` if using streaming pull. The minimum custom deadline you can specify is 10 seconds. The maximum custom deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes). If this parameter is 0, a default value of 10 seconds is used. For push delivery, this value is also used to set the request timeout for the call to the push endpoint. If the subscriber never acknowledges the message, the Pub/Sub system will eventually redeliver the message.

func (SubscriptionOutput) BigqueryConfig added in v0.19.1 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) BigqueryConfig() BigQueryConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If delivery to BigQuery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.

func (SubscriptionOutput) CloudStorageConfig added in v0.31.1 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) CloudStorageConfig() CloudStorageConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If delivery to Google Cloud Storage is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.

func (SubscriptionOutput) DeadLetterPolicy added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) DeadLetterPolicy() DeadLetterPolicyResponseOutput

Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for dead lettering messages in this subscription. If dead_letter_policy is not set, dead lettering is disabled. The Pub/Sub service account associated with this subscriptions's parent project (i.e., service-{project_number}@gcp-sa-pubsub.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must have permission to Acknowledge() messages on this subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Detached added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Detached() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Indicates whether the subscription is detached from its topic. Detached subscriptions don't receive messages from their topic and don't retain any backlog. `Pull` and `StreamingPull` requests will return FAILED_PRECONDITION. If the subscription is a push subscription, pushes to the endpoint will not be made.

func (SubscriptionOutput) ElementType 

func (SubscriptionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionOutput) EnableExactlyOnceDelivery added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) EnableExactlyOnceDelivery() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. If true, Pub/Sub provides the following guarantees for the delivery of a message with a given value of `message_id` on this subscription: * The message sent to a subscriber is guaranteed not to be resent before the message's acknowledgement deadline expires. * An acknowledged message will not be resent to a subscriber. Note that subscribers may still receive multiple copies of a message when `enable_exactly_once_delivery` is true if the message was published multiple times by a publisher client. These copies are considered distinct by Pub/Sub and have distinct `message_id` values.

func (SubscriptionOutput) EnableMessageOrdering added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) EnableMessageOrdering() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. If true, messages published with the same `ordering_key` in `PubsubMessage` will be delivered to the subscribers in the order in which they are received by the Pub/Sub system. Otherwise, they may be delivered in any order.

func (SubscriptionOutput) ExpirationPolicy added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) ExpirationPolicy() ExpirationPolicyResponseOutput

Optional. A policy that specifies the conditions for this subscription's expiration. A subscription is considered active as long as any connected subscriber is successfully consuming messages from the subscription or is issuing operations on the subscription. If `expiration_policy` is not set, a *default policy* with `ttl` of 31 days will be used. The minimum allowed value for `expiration_policy.ttl` is 1 day. If `expiration_policy` is set, but `expiration_policy.ttl` is not set, the subscription never expires.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Filter added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Filter() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An expression written in the Pub/Sub [filter language](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/filtering). If non-empty, then only `PubsubMessage`s whose `attributes` field matches the filter are delivered on this subscription. If empty, then no messages are filtered out.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. See [Creating and managing labels](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).

func (SubscriptionOutput) MessageRetentionDuration added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) MessageRetentionDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Name added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the subscription. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}"`. `{subscription}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) PushConfig added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) PushConfig() PushConfigResponseOutput

Optional. If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is used to configure it.

func (SubscriptionOutput) RetainAckedMessages added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) RetainAckedMessages() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are acknowledged, until they fall out of the `message_retention_duration` window. This must be true if you would like to [`Seek` to a timestamp] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) in the past to replay previously-acknowledged messages.

func (SubscriptionOutput) RetryPolicy added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) RetryPolicy() RetryPolicyResponseOutput

Optional. A policy that specifies how Pub/Sub retries message delivery for this subscription. If not set, the default retry policy is applied. This generally implies that messages will be retried as soon as possible for healthy subscribers. RetryPolicy will be triggered on NACKs or acknowledgement deadline exceeded events for a given message.

func (SubscriptionOutput) State added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

An output-only field indicating whether or not the subscription can receive messages.

func (SubscriptionOutput) SubscriptionId added in v0.21.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) SubscriptionId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutput 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutput() SubscriptionOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) Topic added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Topic() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.

func (SubscriptionOutput) TopicMessageRetentionDuration added in v0.19.0 

func (o SubscriptionOutput) TopicMessageRetentionDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription's topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription's topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.

type SubscriptionState 

type SubscriptionState struct {
}

func (SubscriptionState) ElementType 

func (SubscriptionState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TextConfig added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfig struct {
}

Configuration for writing message data in text format. Message payloads will be written to files as raw text, separated by a newline.

type TextConfigArgs added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigArgs struct {
}

Configuration for writing message data in text format. Message payloads will be written to files as raw text, separated by a newline.

func (TextConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (TextConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (i TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigOutput() TextConfigOutput

func (TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (i TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TextConfigOutput

func (TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (i TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigPtrOutput() TextConfigPtrOutput

func (TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (i TextConfigArgs) ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TextConfigPtrOutput

type TextConfigInput added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTextConfigOutput() TextConfigOutput
	ToTextConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) TextConfigOutput
}

TextConfigInput is an input type that accepts TextConfigArgs and TextConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `TextConfigInput` via: 

TextConfigArgs{...}

type TextConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for writing message data in text format. Message payloads will be written to files as raw text, separated by a newline.

func (TextConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (TextConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigOutput() TextConfigOutput

func (TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TextConfigOutput

func (TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutput() TextConfigPtrOutput

func (TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TextConfigPtrOutput

type TextConfigPtrInput added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTextConfigPtrOutput() TextConfigPtrOutput
	ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) TextConfigPtrOutput
}

TextConfigPtrInput is an input type that accepts TextConfigArgs, TextConfigPtr and TextConfigPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `TextConfigPtrInput` via: 

        TextConfigArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func TextConfigPtr added in v0.31.1 

func TextConfigPtr(v *TextConfigArgs) TextConfigPtrInput

type TextConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TextConfigPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigPtrOutput) Elem() TextConfigOutput

func (TextConfigPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (TextConfigPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TextConfigPtrOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigPtrOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutput() TextConfigPtrOutput

func (TextConfigPtrOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigPtrOutput) ToTextConfigPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TextConfigPtrOutput

type TextConfigResponse added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigResponse struct {
}

Configuration for writing message data in text format. Message payloads will be written to files as raw text, separated by a newline.

type TextConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1 

type TextConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Configuration for writing message data in text format. Message payloads will be written to files as raw text, separated by a newline.

func (TextConfigResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1 

func (TextConfigResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TextConfigResponseOutput) ToTextConfigResponseOutput added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigResponseOutput) ToTextConfigResponseOutput() TextConfigResponseOutput

func (TextConfigResponseOutput) ToTextConfigResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1 

func (o TextConfigResponseOutput) ToTextConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TextConfigResponseOutput

type Topic 

type Topic struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey to be used to protect access to messages published on this topic. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
	KmsKeyName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"kmsKeyName"`
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Optional. Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes.
	MessageRetentionDuration pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"messageRetentionDuration"`
	// Optional. Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
	MessageStoragePolicy MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput `pulumi:"messageStoragePolicy"`
	// The name of the topic. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}"`. `{topic}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
	SatisfiesPzs pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"satisfiesPzs"`
	// Optional. Settings for validating messages published against a schema.
	SchemaSettings SchemaSettingsResponseOutput `pulumi:"schemaSettings"`
	TopicId        pulumi.StringOutput          `pulumi:"topicId"`
}

Creates the given topic with the given name. See the [resource name rules] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/pubsub-basics#resource_names).

func GetTopic 

func GetTopic(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *TopicState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Topic, error)

GetTopic gets an existing Topic resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewTopic 

func NewTopic(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *TopicArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Topic, error)

NewTopic registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Topic) ElementType 

func (*Topic) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Topic) ToTopicOutput 

func (i *Topic) ToTopicOutput() TopicOutput

func (*Topic) ToTopicOutputWithContext 

func (i *Topic) ToTopicOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicOutput

type TopicArgs 

type TopicArgs struct {
	// Optional. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey to be used to protect access to messages published on this topic. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
	KmsKeyName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
	Labels pulumi.StringMapInput
	// Optional. Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes.
	MessageRetentionDuration pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
	MessageStoragePolicy MessageStoragePolicyPtrInput
	// The name of the topic. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}"`. `{topic}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
	SatisfiesPzs pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// Optional. Settings for validating messages published against a schema.
	SchemaSettings SchemaSettingsPtrInput
	TopicId        pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Topic resource.

func (TopicArgs) ElementType 

func (TopicArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetTopicIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func GetTopicIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *TopicIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TopicIamBinding, error)

GetTopicIamBinding gets an existing TopicIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewTopicIamBinding added in v0.26.0 

func NewTopicIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *TopicIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TopicIamBinding, error)

NewTopicIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*TopicIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*TopicIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*TopicIamBinding) ToTopicIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *TopicIamBinding) ToTopicIamBindingOutput() TopicIamBindingOutput

func (*TopicIamBinding) ToTopicIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *TopicIamBinding) ToTopicIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamBindingOutput

type TopicIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a TopicIamBinding resource.

func (TopicIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (TopicIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTopicIamBindingOutput() TopicIamBindingOutput
	ToTopicIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamBindingOutput
}

type TopicIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) Members() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) ToTopicIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) ToTopicIamBindingOutput() TopicIamBindingOutput

func (TopicIamBindingOutput) ToTopicIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamBindingOutput) ToTopicIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamBindingOutput

type TopicIamBindingState added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamBindingState struct {
}

func (TopicIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (TopicIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicIamMember added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetTopicIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func GetTopicIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *TopicIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TopicIamMember, error)

GetTopicIamMember gets an existing TopicIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewTopicIamMember added in v0.26.0 

func NewTopicIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *TopicIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TopicIamMember, error)

NewTopicIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*TopicIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (*TopicIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*TopicIamMember) ToTopicIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (i *TopicIamMember) ToTopicIamMemberOutput() TopicIamMemberOutput

func (*TopicIamMember) ToTopicIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (i *TopicIamMember) ToTopicIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamMemberOutput

type TopicIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a TopicIamMember resource.

func (TopicIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (TopicIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTopicIamMemberOutput() TopicIamMemberOutput
	ToTopicIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamMemberOutput
}

type TopicIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) Condition() iam.ConditionPtrOutput

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) Member() pulumi.StringOutput

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) Role() pulumi.StringOutput

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) ToTopicIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) ToTopicIamMemberOutput() TopicIamMemberOutput

func (TopicIamMemberOutput) ToTopicIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0 

func (o TopicIamMemberOutput) ToTopicIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamMemberOutput

type TopicIamMemberState added in v0.26.0 

type TopicIamMemberState struct {
}

func (TopicIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0 

func (TopicIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicIamPolicy 

type TopicIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	TopicId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"topicId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetTopicIamPolicy 

func GetTopicIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *TopicIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TopicIamPolicy, error)

GetTopicIamPolicy gets an existing TopicIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewTopicIamPolicy 

func NewTopicIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *TopicIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*TopicIamPolicy, error)

NewTopicIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*TopicIamPolicy) ElementType 

func (*TopicIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*TopicIamPolicy) ToTopicIamPolicyOutput 

func (i *TopicIamPolicy) ToTopicIamPolicyOutput() TopicIamPolicyOutput

func (*TopicIamPolicy) ToTopicIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (i *TopicIamPolicy) ToTopicIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamPolicyOutput

type TopicIamPolicyArgs 

type TopicIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	TopicId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a TopicIamPolicy resource.

func (TopicIamPolicyArgs) ElementType 

func (TopicIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicIamPolicyInput 

type TopicIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTopicIamPolicyOutput() TopicIamPolicyOutput
	ToTopicIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamPolicyOutput
}

type TopicIamPolicyOutput 

type TopicIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) Bindings() BindingResponseArrayOutput

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) ElementType 

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) Etag() pulumi.StringOutput

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) ToTopicIamPolicyOutput 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) ToTopicIamPolicyOutput() TopicIamPolicyOutput

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) ToTopicIamPolicyOutputWithContext 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) ToTopicIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicIamPolicyOutput

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) TopicId added in v0.21.0 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) TopicId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (TopicIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicIamPolicyOutput) Version() pulumi.IntOutput

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type TopicIamPolicyState 

type TopicIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (TopicIamPolicyState) ElementType 

func (TopicIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type TopicInput 

type TopicInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToTopicOutput() TopicOutput
	ToTopicOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicOutput
}

type TopicOutput 

type TopicOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (TopicOutput) ElementType 

func (TopicOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (TopicOutput) KmsKeyName added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) KmsKeyName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey to be used to protect access to messages published on this topic. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.

func (TopicOutput) Labels added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) Labels() pulumi.StringMapOutput

Optional. See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).

func (TopicOutput) MessageRetentionDuration added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) MessageRetentionDuration() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes.

func (TopicOutput) MessageStoragePolicy added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) MessageStoragePolicy() MessageStoragePolicyResponseOutput

Optional. Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.

func (TopicOutput) Name added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) Name() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the topic. It must have the format `"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}"`. `{topic}` must start with a letter, and contain only letters (`[A-Za-z]`), numbers (`[0-9]`), dashes (`-`), underscores (`_`), periods (`.`), tildes (`~`), plus (`+`) or percent signs (`%`). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it must not start with `"goog"`.

func (TopicOutput) Project added in v0.21.0 

func (o TopicOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (TopicOutput) SatisfiesPzs added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) SatisfiesPzs() pulumi.BoolOutput

Optional. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.

func (TopicOutput) SchemaSettings added in v0.19.0 

func (o TopicOutput) SchemaSettings() SchemaSettingsResponseOutput

Optional. Settings for validating messages published against a schema.

func (TopicOutput) ToTopicOutput 

func (o TopicOutput) ToTopicOutput() TopicOutput

func (TopicOutput) ToTopicOutputWithContext 

func (o TopicOutput) ToTopicOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) TopicOutput

func (TopicOutput) TopicId added in v0.21.0 

func (o TopicOutput) TopicId() pulumi.StringOutput

type TopicState 

type TopicState struct {
}

func (TopicState) ElementType 

func (TopicState) ElementType() reflect.Type

Source Files

View all Source files

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.